(Group Definitions): Replace `...' with `@dots{}' in `@defmac' and `@defspec'.

[emacs.git] / etc / NEWS

GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  2003-05-21
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
          Free Software Foundation, Inc.
See the end for copying conditions.

Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
For older news, see the file ONEWS
You can narrow news to the specific version by calling
`view-emacs-news' with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n.

Temporary note:
 +++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated.
 --- means no change in the manuals is called for.
When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
so we will look at it and add it to the manual.

\f
* Installation Changes in Emacs 22.1

---
** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix',
`--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of
installed programs.

---
** Emacs can now be built without sound support.

---
** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk'
when you run configure.  This requires Gtk+ 2.0 or newer.  This port
provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats).

---
** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with Lisp code.

---
** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game
scores.  The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal
place for game scores to be stored.  You can control this with the
configure option `--with-game-dir'.  The specific user that Emacs uses
to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'.  If access
to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately
in each user's home directory.

---
** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution.
You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build
Emacs with Leim.

+++
** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution.

The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual in Info format is built as part of the
Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User
Manual.  A menu item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy
accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference).

---
** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of
the distribution.

This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed,
together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory.  A menu
item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy accessible
(Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp).

---
** New translations of the Emacs Tutorial are available in the
following languages: Brasilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Chinese (both
with simplified and traditional characters), French, and Italian.
Type `C-u C-h t' to choose one of them in case your language setup
doesn't automatically select the right one.

---
** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available.

---
** Emacs now includes support for loading image libraries on demand.
(Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.)  You can configure
the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by
setting the variable `image-library-alist'.

---
** Support for Cygwin was added.

---
** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added.

---
** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added.

---
** Support for MacOS X was added.
See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.

---
** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added.

---
** Mac OS 9 port now uses the Carbon API by default.  You can also
create non-Carbon build by specifying `NonCarbon' as a target.  See
the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.

---
** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union
types any more.  Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types.

---
** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how
much pure storage it will approximately need.

** The script etc/emacs-buffer.gdb can be used with gdb to retrieve the
contents of buffers from a core dump and save them to files easily, should
emacs crash.

\f
* Startup Changes in Emacs 22.1

+++
** New command line option -Q or --quick.
This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables
the fancy startup screen.

+++
** New command line option -D or --basic-display.
Disables the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, and
the blinking cursor.

+++
** New command line option -nbc or --no-blinking-cursor disables
the blinking cursor on graphical terminals.

+++
** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE.
It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they
can start with this line:

   #!/usr/bin/emacs --script

+++
** The option --directory DIR now modifies `load-path' immediately.
Directories are added to the front of `load-path' in the order they
appear on the command line.  For example, with this command line:

  emacs -batch -L .. -L /tmp --eval "(require 'foo)"

Emacs looks for library `foo' in the parent directory, then in /tmp, then
in the other directories in `load-path'.  (-L is short for --directory.)

+++
** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to
--no-window-system.  The old one still works, but is deprecated.

+++
** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function,
now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is
an interactively callable function.

+++
** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to
all frames you create.  A position specified with --geometry only
affects the initial frame.

+++
** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display.
When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options
`--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame
whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire
screen size.  (For now, this does not work with some window managers.)

+++
** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line
arguments were given.  The new command-line option --no-splash
disables the splash screen; see also the variable
`inhibit-startup-message' (which is also aliased as
`inhibit-splash-screen').

+++
** The default is now to use an bitmap as the icon, so the command-line options
--icon-type, -i has been replaced with options --no-bitmap-icon, -nbi to turn
the bitmap icon off.

+++
** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'.
When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally
displays a buffer menu.  This option turns the buffer menu off.

+++
** Init file changes
You can now put the init files .emacs and .emacs_SHELL under
~/.emacs.d or directly under ~.  Emacs will find them in either place.

+++
** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs
automatically at startup, if it exists.  When Emacs offers to save
modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed.  It
can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first,
according to the value of `save-abbrevs'.
\f
* Incompatible Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1

+++
** M-g is now a prefix key.
M-g g and M-g M-g run goto-line.
M-g n and M-g M-n run next-error (like C-x `).
M-g p and M-g M-p run previous-error.

+++
** C-u M-g M-g switches to the most recent previous buffer,
and goes to the specified line in that buffer.

When goto-line starts to execute, if there's a number in the buffer at
point then it acts as the default argument for the minibuffer.

+++
** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted,
since there are situations where one or the other will shut down
the operating system or your X server.

+++
** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t.

+++
** When the undo information of the current command gets really large
(beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs discards it and warns
you about it.

+++
** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin
in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region.

+++
** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the
mark ring.  Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump.

+++
** The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.

+++
** In incremental search, C-w is changed.  M-%, C-M-w and C-M-y are special.

See below under "incremental search changes".

---
** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case.

Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect
of specifying the current directory.  Normally that means to visit the
directory with Dired.

+++
** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
to the text before point.  If there is text in the buffer after point,
it remains unchanged.

+++
** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties;
M-o M-o requests refontification.

+++
** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link.

See below for more details.

+++
** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
by whitespace.  This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
too.  If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
\f
* Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1

+++
** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled.
On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455).

+++
** M-g is now a prefix key.
M-g g and M-g M-g run goto-line.
M-g n and M-g M-n run next-error (like C-x `).
M-g p and M-g M-p run previous-error.

+++
** C-u M-g M-g switches to the most recent previous buffer,
and goes to the specified line in that buffer.

When goto-line starts to execute, if there's a number in the buffer at
point then it acts as the default argument for the minibuffer.

+++
** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted,
since there are situations where one or the other will shut down
the operating system or your X server.

+++
** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t.

+++
** When the undo information of the current command gets really large
(beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs discards it and warns
you about it.

+++
** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin
in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region.

+++
** You can now switch buffers in a cyclic order with C-x C-left and
(prev-buffer) and C-x C-right (next-buffer).  C-x left and C-x right
can be used as well.

+++
** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo.

+++
** M-SPC (just-one-space) when given a numeric argument N
converts whitespace around point to N spaces.

---
** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters:
`insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'.

---
** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once.
By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>.

+++
** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can
be inconvenient when you did not expect them.  The variable
`yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones.  Insertion
of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties.

+++
** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have
been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used
in Indented-Text mode.

+++
** M-x setenv now expands environment variable references.

Substrings of the form `$foo' and `${foo}' in the specified new value
now refer to the value of environment variable foo.  To include a `$'
in the value, use `$$'.

+++
** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now
understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and
`same-window'.

+++
** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken
from the locale.

** The command `list-faces-display' now accepts a prefix arg.
When passed, the function prompts for a regular expression and lists
only faces matching this regexp.

** Mark command changes:

+++
*** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the
mark ring.  Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump.

+++
*** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times.

If you type C-M-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h
(mark-paragraph), or C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region
extends each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC
M-C-SPC, for example.  This feature also works for
mark-end-of-sentence, if you bind that to a key.  It also extends the
region when the mark is active in Transient Mark mode, regardless of
the last command.  To start a new region with one of marking commands
in Transient Mark mode, you can deactivate the active region with C-g,
or set the new mark with C-SPC.

+++
*** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg.

With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs;
if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding
paragraphs.

+++
*** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the
mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the
region.  Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might
want to get this behavior from a particular command.  There are two
ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one
command only.

One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode
and sets the mark at point.  The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x.
This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the
mark or the region.

After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you
deactivate the mark.  That typically happens when you type a command
that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing
C-g.

+++
*** Movement commands `beginning-of-buffer', `end-of-buffer',
`beginning-of-defun', `end-of-defun' do not set the mark if the mark
is already active in Transient Mark mode.

** Help command changes:

+++
*** Changes in C-h bindings:

C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer.

C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files
    that do not change:

C-h C-f displays the FAQ.
C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file.

The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.

C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands.

- C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping)
  run by the key sequence.

- C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the
  command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run
  that command.

For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped
to new-kill-line, these commands now report:

- C-h c and C-h k C-k reports:
  C-k runs the command new-kill-line

- C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports:
  kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline>

- C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports:
  new-kill-line is on C-k

---
*** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function
arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it.  To change the
default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function
`help-default-arg-highlight'.

+++
*** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for
variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available).

+++
*** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is
preceded or followed by the word `face'.  It no longer makes
hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless
preceded by one of the words `variable' or `option'.  It now makes
hyperlinks to Info anchors (or nodes) if the anchor (or node) name is
enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `info anchor' or `Info
anchor' (in addition to earlier `info node' and `Info node').

+++
*** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with
description various information about a character, including its
encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and
widgets at point.  You can get more information about some of them, by
clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET.

+++
*** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because
C-u C-x = gives the same information and more.

+++
*** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point
in the echo area.  It is bound to `C-h .'.  It normally displays the
same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the
`help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more
keyboard oriented alternative.

+++
*** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to
automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on
point-over, after suitable idle time.  The amount of idle time is
determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults
to one second.  This feature is turned off by default.

+++
*** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match.
When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must
be present for an item to match.  Regular expression matching is still
available.

+++
*** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items
to be sorted according to their score.  The score for an item is a
number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or
regular expression that you entered to the apropos command.  The best
match is listed first, and the calculated score is shown for each
matching item.

** Incremental Search changes:

+++
*** Vertical scrolling is now possible within incremental search.
To enable this feature, customize the new user option
`isearch-allow-scroll'.  User written commands which satisfy stringent
constraints can be marked as "scrolling commands".  See the Emacs manual
for details.

+++
*** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word,
making the decision in a heuristic way.  This new job is done by the
command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'.  To restore the old behavior,
bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'.

+++
*** C-y in incremental search now grabs the next line if point is already
at the end of a line.

+++
*** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode.
Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e'
and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer.

+++
*** M-% typed in isearch mode invokes `query-replace' or
`query-replace-regexp' (depending on search mode) with the current
search string used as the string to replace.

+++
*** Isearch no longer adds `isearch-resume' commands to the command
history by default.  To enable this feature, customize the new
user option `isearch-resume-in-command-history'.

** Replace command changes:

---
*** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil,
`query-replace' and related functions simply ignore
a match if part of it has a read-only property.

+++
*** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and
`replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string,
where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement
time.  In many cases, this will be more convenient than using
`query-replace-regexp-eval'.  `\#' in a replacement string now refers
to the count of replacements already made by the replacement command.
All regular expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the
replacement string to specify a position where the replacement string
can be edited for each replacement.

+++
*** query-replace uses isearch lazy highlighting when the new user option
`query-replace-lazy-highlight' is non-nil.

---
*** The current match in query-replace is highlighted in new face
`query-replace' which by default inherits from isearch face.

** File operation changes:

+++
*** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when
the corresponding environment variable does not exist.
Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting
is only rarely needed.

+++
*** In processing a local variables list, Emacs strips the prefix and
suffix are from every line before processing all the lines.

+++
*** find-file-read-only visits multiple files in read-only mode,
when the file name contains wildcard characters.

+++
*** find-alternate-file replaces the current file with multiple files,
when the file name contains wildcard characters.

+++
*** Auto Compression mode is now enabled by default.

---
*** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case.

Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect
of specifying the current directory.  Normally that means to visit the
directory with Dired.

+++
*** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify
read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too.  Type C-x C-q if you
want to make the buffer writable.  (As root, you can in fact alter the
file.)

+++
*** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer
against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving.

+++
*** The commands copy-file, rename-file, make-symbolic-link and
add-name-to-file, when given a directory as the "new name" argument,
convert it to a file name by merging in the within-directory part of
the existing file's name.  (This is the same convention that shell
commands cp, mv, and ln follow.)  Thus, M-x copy-file RET ~/foo RET
/tmp RET copies ~/foo to /tmp/foo.

---
*** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation
before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is
supplied.  This behavior is analogous to `write-file'.

---
*** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that
controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will
attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files).

+++
*** The new option `write-region-inhibit-fsync' disables calls to fsync
in `write-region'.  This can be useful on laptops to avoid spinning up
the hard drive upon each file save.  Enabling this variable may result
in data loss, use with care.

+++
*** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold',
Emacs asks for confirmation.

+++
*** require-final-newline now has two new possible values:

`visit' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's needed
when visiting the file.

`visit-save' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's
needed when visiting the file, and also add a newline if it's needed
when saving the file.

+++
*** The new option mode-require-final-newline controls how certain
major modes enable require-final-newline.  Any major mode that's
designed for a kind of file that should normally end in a newline
sets require-final-newline based on mode-require-final-newline.
So you can customize mode-require-final-newline to control what these
modes do.

** Minibuffer changes:

+++
*** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'.
Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the
variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the
prompt string.

---
*** Enhanced visual feedback in `*Completions*' buffer.

Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions
have in common and where they begin to differ.

The common prefix shared by all possible completions uses the face
`completions-common-part', while the first character that isn't the
same uses the face `completions-first-difference'.  By default,
`completions-common-part' inherits from `default', and
`completions-first-difference' inherits from `bold'.  The idea of
`completions-common-part' is that you can use it to make the common
parts less visible than normal, so that the rest of the differing
parts is, by contrast, slightly highlighted.

+++
*** File-name completion can now ignore specified directories.
If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a
slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when
completing file names.  Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions'
which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion
candidate is a directory.

+++
*** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
to the text before point.  If there is text in the buffer after point,
it remains unchanged.

+++
*** New user option `history-delete-duplicates'.
If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical
elements are deleted.

** Redisplay changes:

+++
*** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode.
When the file is maintained under version control, that information
appears between the position information and the major mode.

+++
*** New face `escape-glyph' highlights control characters and escape glyphs.

+++
*** Non-breaking space and hyphens are now displayed with a special
face, either nobreak-space or escape-glyph.  You can turn this off or
specify a different mode by setting the variable `nobreak-char-display'.

+++
*** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized.
The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from
the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling
will horizontally scroll the window.  The default value is 5.

The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic
hscrolling scrolls the window when point gets too close to the
window edge.  If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the
window so as to center point.  If its value is an integer, it says how
many columns to scroll.  If the value is a floating-point number, it
gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window.

The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to
`auto-hscroll-mode'.  The old name is still available as an alias.

---
*** Moving or scrolling through images (and other lines) taller that
the window now works sensibly, by automatically adjusting the window's
vscroll property.

+++
*** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line
of non-selected windows.  The `mode-line' face is now used to display
the mode line of the currently selected window.

The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether
the `mode-line-inactive' face is used.

+++
*** You can now customize the use of window fringes.  To control this
for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the
top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable.  To
control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x
set-fringe-style.

+++
*** Angle icons in the fringes can indicate the buffer boundaries.  In
addition, up and down arrow bitmaps in the fringe indicate which ways
the window can be scrolled.

This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
`indicate-buffer-boundaries' to a non-nil value.  The default value of
this variable is found in `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.

If value is `left' or `right', both angle and arrow bitmaps are
displayed in the left or right fringe, resp.

The value can also be an alist which specifies the presence and
position of each bitmap individually.

For example, ((top . left) (t .  right)) places the top angle bitmap
in left fringe, the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both
arrow bitmaps in right fringe.  To show just the angle bitmaps in the
left fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top . left) (bottom . left)).

+++
*** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window
(not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into
two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line).
Instead, the newline now "overflows" into the right fringe, and the
cursor will be displayed in the fringe when positioned on that newline.

The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' can be set to nil to
revert to the old behavior of continuing such lines.

+++
*** When a window has display margin areas, the fringes are now
displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than
outside those margins.

+++
*** A window can now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings,
in addition to the individual display margin settings.

Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split
horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored,
or when the frame is resized.

** Cursor display changes:

+++
*** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is
now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'.

+++
*** The X resource cursorBlink can be used to turn off cursor blinking.

+++
*** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor.
The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in
default-frame-alist.  It supports variable heights, like the `bar'
cursor does.

+++
*** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any)
of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor
appears in.

+++
*** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any
of the recognized cursor types.

** New faces:

+++
*** `mode-line-highlight' is the standard face indicating mouse sensitive
elements on mode-line (and header-line) like `highlight' face on text
areas.

+++
*** `shadow' face defines the appearance of the "shadowed" text, i.e.
the text which should be less noticeable than the surrounding text.
This can be achieved by using shades of grey in contrast with either
black or white default foreground color.  This generic shadow face
allows customization of the appearance of shadowed text in one place,
so package-specific faces can inherit from it.

+++
*** `vertical-border' face is used for the vertical divider between windows.

** Font-Lock changes:

+++
*** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties;
M-o M-o requests refontification.

+++
*** All modes now support using M-x font-lock-mode to toggle
fontification, even those such as Occur, Info, and comint-derived
modes that do their own fontification in a special way.

The variable `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable
fontification in Info, remove `turn-on-font-lock' from
`Info-mode-hook'.

+++
*** font-lock-lines-before specifies a number of lines before the
current line that should be refontified when you change the buffer.
The default value is 1.

+++
*** font-lock: in modes like C and Lisp where the fontification assumes that
an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of any string or comment,
font-lock now highlights any such open-paren-in-column-zero in bold-red
if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it can cause
trouble with fontification and/or indentation.

+++
*** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'.

+++
*** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-comment-delimiter-face'.

+++
*** Easy to overlook single character negation can now be font-locked.
You can use the new variable `font-lock-negation-char-face' and the face of
the same name to customize this.  Currently the cc-modes, sh-script-mode,
cperl-mode and make-mode support this.

---
*** The default settings for JIT stealth lock parameters are changed.
The default value for the user option jit-lock-stealth-time is now 16
instead of 3, and the default value of jit-lock-stealth-nice is now
0.5 instead of 0.125.  The new defaults should lower the CPU usage
when Emacs is fontifying in the background.

---
*** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'.

If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs
idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification.  For
example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will
only happen after 0.25s of idle time.

---
*** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification.

jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and
jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual
refontification takes place.

** Menu support:

---
*** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options".
This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such
as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself).
You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn
it off completely.  There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of
current date and time, current line and column number in the mode-line.

---
*** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide".

---
*** You can exit dialog windows and menus by typing C-g.

---
*** The menu item "Open File..." has been split into two items, "New File..."
and "Open File...".  "Open File..." now opens only existing files.  This is
to support existing GUI file selection dialogs better.

+++
*** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, Mac, W32 and Motif/Lesstif can be
disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'.

---
*** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can
be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+, Mac and W32).

+++
*** The Lucid menus can display multilingual text in your locale.  You have
to explicitly specify a fontSet resource for this to work, for example
`-xrm "Emacs*fontSet:  -*-helvetica-medium-r-*--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*,*"'.

---
*** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and Lesstif/Motif now pops down when pressing
ESC, like they do for Gtk+, Mac and W32.

+++
*** For Gtk+ version 2.4, you can make Emacs use the old file dialog
by setting the variable `x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog' to t.  Default is to use
the new dialog.

** Mouse changes:

+++
*** If you set the new variable `mouse-autoselect-window' to a non-nil
value, windows are automatically selected as you move the mouse from
one Emacs window to another, even within a frame.  A minibuffer window
can be selected only when it is active.

+++
*** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to
select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position
normally changes according to the mouse click position.  If you set
the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected
window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame
to give it focus.

+++
*** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link.

Traditionally, Emacs uses a Mouse-1 click to set point and a Mouse-2
click to follow a link, whereas most other applications use a Mouse-1
click for both purposes, depending on whether you click outside or
inside a link.  Now the behavior of a Mouse-1 click has been changed
to match this context-sentitive dual behavior.  (If you prefer the old
behavior, set the user option `mouse-1-click-follows-link' to nil.)

Depending on the current mode, a Mouse-2 click in Emacs can do much
more than just follow a link, so the new Mouse-1 behavior is only
activated for modes which explicitly mark a clickable text as a "link"
(see the new function `mouse-on-link-p' for details).  The Lisp
packages that are included in release 22.1 have been adapted to do
this, but external packages may not yet support this.  However, there
is no risk in using such packages, as the worst thing that could
happen is that you get the original Mouse-1 behavior when you click
on a link, which typically means that you set point where you click.

If you want to get the original Mouse-1 action also inside a link, you
just need to press the Mouse-1 button a little longer than a normal
click (i.e. press and hold the Mouse-1 button for half a second before
you release it).

Dragging the Mouse-1 inside a link still performs the original
drag-mouse-1 action, typically copy the text.

You can customize the new Mouse-1 behavior via the new user options
`mouse-1-click-follows-link' and `mouse-1-click-in-non-selected-windows'.

+++
*** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse
is over the text.  By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you
can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the
mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key.  You can
also disable mouse highlighting.

+++
*** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse
shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new
variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil.

---
*** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window
(rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'.

---
*** Emacs ignores mouse-2 clicks while the mouse wheel is being moved.

People tend to push the mouse wheel (which counts as a mouse-2 click)
unintentionally while turning the wheel, so these clicks are now
ignored.  You can customize this with the mouse-wheel-click-event and
mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables.

+++
*** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default.

** Multilingual Environment (Mule) changes:

---
*** Language environment and various default coding systems are setup
more correctly according to the current locale name.  If the locale
name doesn't specify a charset, the default is what glibc defines.
This change can result in using the different coding systems as
default in some locale (e.g. vi_VN).

+++
*** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your
current locale settings if you are not using a window system.  This
can mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII
characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal
emulator) works.  Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize
keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default)
or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated
by the keyboard.  See Info node `Single-Byte Character Support'.

+++
*** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r)
revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify.

+++
*** New command `recode-region' decodes the region again by a specified
coding system.

+++
*** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name
of a file.

---
*** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its
unicode.

+++
*** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets
coding system for encoding and decoding file names.  A new menu item
(Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this
command.

+++
*** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type
in the current input method to input a character at point.

+++
*** Limited support for character `unification' has been added.
Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of
the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard
Unicode mappings.  This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859
sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended.  For instance,
translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the
mule-unicode-... ones.

By default this translation happens automatically on encoding.
Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant
with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where
possible.

You can force a more complete unification with the user option
unify-8859-on-decoding-mode.  That maps all the Latin-N character sets
into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and
mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding.  Note that this mode
will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding.

---
*** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into
either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets,
when possible.  The latter are more space-efficient.  This is
controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding.

---
*** New language environments: French, Ukrainian, Tajik,
Bulgarian, Belarusian, Ukrainian, UTF-8, Windows-1255, Welsh, Latin-6,
Latin-7, Lithuanian, Latvian, Swedish, Slovenian, Croatian, Georgian,
Italian, Russian, Malayalam, Tamil, Russian, Chinese-EUC-TW.  (Set up
automatically according to the locale.)

---
*** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix,
ukrainian-computer, belarusian, bulgarian-bds, russian-computer,
vietnamese-telex, lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard,
latvian-keyboard, welsh, georgian, rfc1345, ucs, sgml,
bulgarian-phonetic, dutch, slovenian, croatian, malayalam-inscript,
tamil-inscript.

---
*** New input method chinese-sisheng for inputting Chinese Pinyin
characters.

---
*** Improved Thai support.  A new minor mode `thai-word-mode' (which is
automatically activated if you select Thai as a language
environment) changes key bindings of most word-oriented commands to
versions which recognize Thai words.  Affected commands are
    M-f     (forward-word)
    M-b     (backward-word)
    M-d     (kill-word)
    M-DEL   (backward-kill-word)
    M-t     (transpose-words)
    M-q     (fill-paragraph)

---
*** Indian support has been updated.
The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based.  CDAC fonts are
assumed.  There is a framework for supporting various
Indian scripts, but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are
supported.

---
*** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'.

---
*** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced.
By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into
single quasi-characters.  User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is
turned on by default) arranges to translate many utf-8 CJK character
sequences into real Emacs characters in a similar way to the Mule-UCS
system.  As this loads a fairly big data on demand, people who are not
interested in CJK characters may want to customize it to nil.
You can augment/amend the CJK translation via hash tables
`ucs-mule-cjk-to-unicode' and `ucs-unicode-to-mule-cjk'.  The utf-8
coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's
one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones.
The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly.

---
*** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese
in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving,
Big 5 is then converted to CNS.

---
*** Many new coding systems are available in the `code-pages' library.
These include complete versions of most of those in codepage.el, based
on Unicode mappings.  `codepage-setup' is now obsolete and is used
only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs.  All coding systems defined in
`code-pages' are auto-loaded.

---
*** New variable `utf-translate-cjk-unicode-range' controls which
Unicode characters to translate in `utf-translate-cjk-mode'.

---
*** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of
characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system.  Just specify the
fontset appropriately.

** Customize changes:

+++
*** Custom themes are collections of customize options.  Create a
custom theme with M-x customize-create-theme.  Use M-x load-theme to
load and enable a theme, and M-x disable-theme to disable it.  Use M-x
enable-theme to renable a disabled theme.

+++
*** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window
now look at the character after point.  If a face or faces are
specified for that character, the commands by default customize those
faces.

---
*** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing.
In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding
check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection
for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make
sense for the attribute.  When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking
its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in
case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden.

+++
*** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer,
the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable.
You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value"
under the "[State]" button.

** Buffer Menu changes:

+++
*** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file
buffers only in the Buffer Menu.  It is bound to `T' in Buffer Menu
mode.

+++
*** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin
with a space, when those buffers are visiting files.  Normally buffers
whose names begin with space are omitted.

---
*** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and
`buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed
in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar.

`buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays
leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer.
If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories are
shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil.  The value of nil
and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively.

`buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes
the modified and read-only status of the buffers.  By default it is
t, and the status is shown.

Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time
the Buffers menu is regenerated.

** Dired mode:

---
*** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged,
dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning
introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces.

+++
*** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files
with different file attributes in two dired buffers.

+++
*** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps
of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer.

+++
*** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
by whitespace.  This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
too.  If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.

+++
*** In Dired, the w command now copies the current line's file name
into the kill ring.  With a zero prefix arg, copies absolute file names.

+++
*** In Dired-x, Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode.

The mode toggling command is bound to M-o.  A new command
dired-mark-omitted, bound to * O, marks omitted files.  The variable
dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the mode toggling function
instead.

+++
*** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args
have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and
directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a
directory listing into a buffer.

** Comint changes:

---
*** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user
option `comint-prompt-read-only'.  This is not enabled by default,
except in IELM buffers.  The read-only status of IELM prompts can be
controlled with the new user option `ielm-prompt-read-only', which
overrides `comint-prompt-read-only'.

The new commands `comint-kill-whole-line' and `comint-kill-region'
support editing comint buffers with read-only prompts.

`comint-kill-whole-line' is like `kill-whole-line', but ignores both
read-only and field properties.  Hence, it always kill entire
lines, including any prompts.

`comint-kill-region' is like `kill-region', except that it ignores
read-only properties, if it is safe to do so.  This means that if any
part of a prompt is deleted, then the entire prompt must be deleted
and that all prompts must stay at the beginning of a line.  If this is
not the case, then `comint-kill-region' behaves just like
`kill-region' if read-only are involved: it copies the text to the
kill-ring, but does not delete it.

+++
*** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived
modes (shell-mode etc) inserts arguments from previous command lines,
like bash's `ESC .' binding.  It is bound by default to `C-c .', but
otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version.

+++
*** `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' has been renamed
`comint-use-prompt-regexp'.  The old name has been kept as an alias,
but declared obsolete.

** M-x Compile changes:

---
*** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable

Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized.  Messages that are
recognized as warnings or informational come in orange or green, instead of
red.  Informational messages are by default skipped with `next-error'
(controlled by `compilation-skip-threshold').

Location data is collected on the fly as the *compilation* buffer changes.
This means you could modify messages to make them point to different files.
This also means you can not go to locations of messages you may have deleted.

The variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' has now become customizable.  If
you had added your own regexps to this, you'll probably need to include a
leading `^', otherwise they'll match anywhere on a line.  There is now also a
`compilation-mode-font-lock-keywords' and it nicely handles all the checks
that configure outputs and -o options so you see at a glance where you are.

The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message.

+++
*** New user option `compilation-environment'.
This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior
compilation processes without affecting the environment that all
subprocesses inherit.

+++
*** New user option `compilation-disable-input'.
If this is non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.

+++
*** New options `next-error-highlight' and `next-error-highlight-no-select'
specify the method of highlighting of the corresponding source line
in new face `next-error'.

+++
*** A new minor mode `next-error-follow-minor-mode' can be used in
compilation-mode, grep-mode, occur-mode, and diff-mode (i.e. all the
modes that can use `next-error').  In this mode, cursor motion in the
buffer causes automatic display in another window of the corresponding
matches, compilation errors, etc.  This minor mode can be toggled with
C-c C-f.

+++
*** When the left fringe is displayed, an arrow points to current message in
the compilation buffer.

+++
*** The new variable `compilation-context-lines' controls lines of leading
context before the current message.  If nil and the left fringe is displayed,
it doesn't scroll the compilation output window.  If there is no left fringe,
no arrow is displayed and a value of nil means display the message at the top
of the window.

** Occur mode changes:

+++
*** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and
C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without
switching to it.

+++
*** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to
the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur.

+++
*** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can
search multiple buffers.  There is also a new command
`multi-occur-by-filename-regexp' which allows you to specify the
buffers to search by their filename.  Internally, Occur mode has been
rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other changes.

** Grep changes:

+++
*** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup.

There's a new separate package grep.el, with its own submenu and
customization group.

---
*** M-x grep provides highlighting support.

Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange.  Grep buffers
can be saved and automatically revisited.

+++
*** `grep-find' is now also available under the name `find-grep' where
people knowing `find-grep-dired' would probably expect it.

---
*** The new variables `grep-window-height', `grep-auto-highlight', and
`grep-scroll-output' override the corresponding compilation mode
settings, for grep commands only.

+++
*** New option `grep-highlight-matches' highlightes matches in *grep*
buffer.  It uses a special feature of some grep programs which accept
--color option to output markers around matches.  When going to the next
match with `next-error' the exact match is highlighted in the source
buffer.  Otherwise, if `grep-highlight-matches' is nil, the whole
source line is highlighted.

+++
*** New key bindings in grep output window:
SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down.  C-n and C-p moves to next and
previous match in the grep window.  RET jumps to the source line of
the current match.  `n' and `p' shows next and previous match in
other window, but does not switch buffer.  `{' and `}' jumps to the
previous or next file in the grep output.  TAB also jumps to the next
file.

+++
*** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line
by using GNU grep `-H' option instead.  M-x grep automatically
detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked.
When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed
unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated
command lines to be used than was possible before.

** X Windows Support:

+++
*** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X.  Dropping a file on a window
   opens it, dropping text inserts the text.  Dropping a file on a dired
   buffer copies or moves the file to that directory.

+++
*** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper).
The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym',
and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should
use for the modifiers.  For example, the following two lines swap
Meta and Alt:
    (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta)
    (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt)

+++
*** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which can
speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server.

If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of
XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on.

---
*** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs
requests X selection.  The default value is nil, which means that
Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING,
and use the more appropriately result.

---
*** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling.
On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual
amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it).

** Xterm support:

---
*** Emacs now responds to mouse-clicks on the mode-line, header-line and
display margin, when run in an xterm.

---
*** Improved key bindings support when running in an xterm.
When emacs is running in an xterm more key bindings are available. The
following should work:
{C,S,C-S,A}-{right,left,up,down,prior,next,delete,insert,F1-12}.
These key bindings work on xterm from X.org 6.8, they might not work on
some older versions of xterm, or on some proprietary versions.

** Character terminal color support changes:

+++
*** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard
mode for a tty color support.  It is meant to be used on character
terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal
database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't
set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable
terminal.  "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls'
when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors
in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well.  See the
user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter.

---
*** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more
than 8 colors.  For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and
256-color modes are supported.  Emacs automatically notes at startup
the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for
all of these colors.

+++
*** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default
faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and
256-color xterms.  This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an
88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face
colors as on X.

---
*** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator.
\f
* New Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1

---
** Newsticker is now part of the Emacs distribution.

Newsticker asynchronously retrieves headlines (RSS) from a list of news
sites, prepares these headlines for reading, and allows for loading the
corresponding articles in a web browser.  Its documentation is in a
separate manual.

+++
** savehist saves minibuffer histories between sessions.

+++
** Filesets are collections of files.  You can define a fileset in
various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on
program files that include other program files.

Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on
all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing
in them.

+++
** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution.

Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in
Emacs Lisp.  Its documentation is in a separate manual; within Emacs,
type "C-h i m calc RET" to read that manual.  A reference card is
available in `etc/calccard.tex' and `etc/calccard.ps'.

---
** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely
customizable replacement for buff-menu.el.

---
** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.

The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb
package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition
to interactive buffer switching.  Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with
a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages.

+++
** Image files are normally visited in Image mode, which lets you toggle
between viewing the image and viewing the text using C-c C-c.

---
** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.

The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for
cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo.
With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement
keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active
region (like delete-selection-mode).  Do not enable these modes with
cua-mode.  Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua.

In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible
rectangle highlighting: Use C-return to start a rectangle, extend it
using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x
or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works).

Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to
fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or
downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the
rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such
as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use
M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the
rows.  See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands.

Cua also provides unified support for registers:  Use a numeric
prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and
C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9.

The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in
register 0.  This includes text deleted by typing text.

Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space.
When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is
automatically inserted at the global mark position.  See the
commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands.

The features of cua also works with the standard emacs bindings for
kill, copy, yank, and undo.  If you want to use cua mode, but don't
want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you can customize the
`cua-enable-cua-keys' variable.

Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older
versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el.  To ensure proper operation, you
must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the
loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file.

+++
** Org mode is now part of the Emacs distribution

Org mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining ToDo lists, and
doing project planning with a fast and effective plain-text system.
It also contains a plain-text table editor with spreadsheet-like
capabilities.

The Org mode table editor can be integrated into any major mode by
activating the minor Orgtbl-mode.

The documentation for org-mode is in a separate manual; within Emacs,
type "C-h i m org RET" to read that manual.  A reference card is
available in `etc/orgcard.tex' and `etc/orgcard.ps'.

+++
** The new package dns-mode.el add syntax highlight of DNS master files.
The key binding C-c C-s (`dns-mode-soa-increment-serial') can be used
to increment the SOA serial.

---
** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way
filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so
that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to
emacs' filename parsing rules.  The ignored portion can be made dim,
invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.  The display method can
be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'.

+++
** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program
source files.  See the Flymake's Info manual for more details.

+++
** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for
the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards.  The numeric
keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked
+, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key.  The keypad
package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys.

By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup',
`keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by
using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and
the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four
possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and
the NumLock toggle state (off/on).

The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are:
`Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits,
`Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the
decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization),
`Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args
for emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys'
where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and
`Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.)
are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global
or local keymaps.

+++
** The new kmacro package provides a simpler user interface to
emacs' keyboard macro facilities.

Basically, it uses two function keys (default F3 and F4) like this:
F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes
the last macro.  While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value
which automatically increments every time the macro is executed.

There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently
defined macros.

The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which
defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring,
C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e,
manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c,
C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f.  See the commentary in kmacro.el
for more commands.

The normal macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e now interfaces to
the keyboard macro ring.

The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro
before calling it, if used while defining a macro.

In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can
be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'.  You can customize
this behavior via the variables kmacro-call-repeat-key and
kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg.

Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively.
C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence
at a time, prompting for the actions to take.

---
** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer.
When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible.  When disabled, it
restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'.

+++
** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on Dired
buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc...

+++
** The new package longlines.el provides a minor mode for editing text
files composed of long lines, based on the `use-hard-newlines'
mechanism.  The long lines are broken up by inserting soft newlines,
which are automatically removed when saving the file to disk or
copying into the kill ring, clipboard, etc.  By default, Longlines
mode inserts soft newlines automatically during editing, a behavior
referred to as "soft word wrap" in other text editors.  This is
similar to Refill mode, but more reliable.  To turn the word wrap
feature off, set `longlines-auto-wrap' to nil.

+++
** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution.

If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in
the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced
with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through
ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript
printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by
`ps-print' package.  Use M-x pr-help for more information.

---
** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you
move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer.
It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts
of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ...

There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers.

---
** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an
"active" ruler in the header line.  You can use the mouse to visually
change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list'
settings.

+++
** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing
spreadsheet files.  Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command
letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers
viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values.

+++
** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default)
shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line.

+++
** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded
`text tables' in Emacs buffers.  It simulates the effect of putting
these tables in a special major mode.  The package emulates WYSIWYG
table editing available in modern word processors.  The package also
can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such
as latex and html from the visually laid out text table.

+++
** The thumbs.el package allows you to preview image files as thumbnails
and can be invoked from a Dired buffer.

+++
** Tramp is now part of the distribution.

This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote
files.  But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host,
Tramp uses a shell connection.  The shell connection is always used
for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for
the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called
`inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell
connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods
(which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or
`rsync' to do the copying).

Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also
`su' and `sudo'.  Ange-FTP is still supported via the `ftp' method.

If you want to disable Tramp you should set

  (setq tramp-default-method "ftp")

---
** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs.

---
** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine
configuration files.

+++
** The new package conf-mode.el handles thousands of configuration files, with
varying syntaxes for comments (;, #, //, /* */ or !), assignment (var = value,
var : value, var value or keyword var value) and sections ([section] or
section { }).  Many files under /etc/, or with suffixes like .cf through
.config, .properties (Java), .desktop (KDE/Gnome), .ini and many others are
recognized.

---
** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit.

+++
** The new python.el package is used to edit Python and Jython programs.

---
** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el.
This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented.

** The new package scroll-lock.el provides the Scroll Lock minor mode
for pager-like scrolling.  Keys which normally move point by line or
paragraph will scroll the buffer by the respective amount of lines
instead and point will be kept vertically fixed relative to window
boundaries during scrolling.
\f
* Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1:

** The variable `woman-topic-at-point' was renamed
to `woman-use-topic-at-point' and behaves differently: if this
variable is non-nil, the `woman' command uses the word at point
automatically, without asking for a confirmation.  Otherwise, the word
at point is suggested as default, but not inserted at the prompt.

---
** Changes to cmuscheme

*** Emacs now offers to start Scheme if the user tries to
evaluate a Scheme expression but no Scheme subprocess is running.

*** If a file `.emacs_NAME' (where NAME is the name of the Scheme interpreter)
exists in the user's home directory or in ~/.emacs.d, its
contents are sent to the Scheme subprocess upon startup.

*** There are new commands to instruct the Scheme interpreter to trace
procedure calls (`scheme-trace-procedure') and to expand syntactic forms
(`scheme-expand-current-form').  The commands actually sent to the Scheme
subprocess are controlled by the user options `scheme-trace-command',
`scheme-untrace-command' and `scheme-expand-current-form'.

---
** Makefile mode has submodes for automake, gmake, makepp and BSD make.

The former two couldn't be differentiated before, and the latter two
are new.  Font-locking is robust now and offers new customizable
faces.

+++
** In Outline mode, `hide-body' no longer hides lines at the top
of the file that precede the first header line.

+++
** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet.

---
** The terminal emulation code in term.el has been improved; it can
run most curses applications now.

+++
** M-x diff uses Diff mode instead of Compilation mode.

+++
** You can now customize `fill-nobreak-predicate' to control where
filling can break lines.  The value is now normally a list of
functions, but it can also be a single function, for compatibility.

Emacs provide two predicates, `fill-single-word-nobreak-p' and
`fill-french-nobreak-p', for use as the value of
`fill-nobreak-predicate'.

---
** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering
with special modes such as Tar mode.

---
** Commands `winner-redo' and `winner-undo', from winner.el, are now
bound to C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively.  This is an
incompatible change.

---
** `global-whitespace-mode' is a new alias for `whitespace-global-mode'.

+++
** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to
resync points in both windows.

+++
** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.

When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always
starts a new record regardless of when the last record is.

---
** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers
when Emacs visits them.

** Info mode changes:

+++
*** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer
with the number appended to the `*info*' buffer name (e.g. "*info*<2>").

+++
*** isearch in Info uses Info-search and searches through multiple nodes.

Before leaving the initial Info node isearch fails once with the error
message [initial node], and with subsequent C-s/C-r continues through
other nodes.  When isearch fails for the rest of the manual, it wraps
aroung the whole manual to the top/final node.  The user option
`Info-isearch-search' controls whether to use Info-search for isearch,
or the default isearch search function that wraps around the current
Info node.

---
*** New search commands: `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S),
`Info-search-backward', and `Info-search-next' which repeats the last
search without prompting for a new search string.

+++
*** New command `Info-history-forward' (bound to r and new toolbar icon)
moves forward in history to the node you returned from after using
`Info-history-back' (renamed from `Info-last').

---
*** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes.

---
*** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents
from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file.

+++
*** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known
Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the
possible matches.

---
*** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies
the current Info node name into the kill ring.  With a zero prefix
arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call.

+++
*** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited
and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this.

---
*** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross
references and following them calls `browse-url'.

+++
*** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default.

If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option
`Info-hide-note-references' to nil.

---
*** Images in Info pages are supported.

Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support.
Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo
version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images.

+++
*** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil.

---
*** `Info-index' offers completion.

** Lisp mode changes:

---
*** Lisp mode now uses `font-lock-doc-face' for doc strings.

+++
*** C-u C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-prints the list after point.

*** New features in evaluation commands

+++
**** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes
the face to the value specified in the defface expression.

+++
**** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result
in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified
by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'.  The same
function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:),
`eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions.

+++
** CC mode changes.

*** Font lock support.
CC Mode now provides font lock support for all its languages.  This
supersedes the font lock patterns that have been in the core font lock
package for C, C++, Java and Objective-C.  Like indentation, font
locking is done in a uniform way across all languages (except the new
AWK mode - see below).  That means that the new font locking will be
different from the old patterns in various details for most languages.

The main goal of the font locking in CC Mode is accuracy, to provide a
dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs.  Some, like
strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like
declarations and types can be very tricky.  CC Mode can go to great
lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when
the types aren't recognized by standard patterns.  This is a fairly
demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can
therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the
variable font-lock-maximum-decoration.

Note that the most demanding font lock level has been tuned with lazy
fontification in mind, i.e.  there should be a support mode that waits
with the fontification until the text is actually shown
(e.g. Just-in-time Lock mode, which is the default, or Lazy Lock
mode).  Fontifying a file with several thousand lines in one go can
take the better part of a minute.

**** The (c|c++|objc|java|idl|pike)-font-lock-extra-types variables
are now used by CC Mode to recognize identifiers that are certain to
be types.  (They are also used in cases that aren't related to font
locking.)  At the maximum decoration level, types are often recognized
properly anyway, so these variables should be fairly restrictive and
not contain patterns for uncertain types.

**** Support for documentation comments.
There is a "plugin" system to fontify documentation comments like
Javadoc and the markup within them.  It's independent of the host
language, so it's possible to e.g. turn on Javadoc font locking in C
buffers.  See the variable c-doc-comment-style for details.

Currently two kinds of doc comment styles are recognized: Suns Javadoc
and Autodoc which is used in Pike.  This is by no means a complete
list of the most common tools; if your doc comment extractor of choice
is missing then please drop a note to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.

**** Better handling of C++ templates.
As a side effect of the more accurate font locking, C++ templates are
now handled much better.  The angle brackets that delimit them are
given parenthesis syntax so that they can be navigated like other
parens.

This also improves indentation of templates, although there still is
work to be done in that area.  E.g. it's required that multiline
template clauses are written in full and then refontified to be
recognized, and the indentation of nested templates is a bit odd and
not as configurable as it ought to be.

**** Improved handling of Objective-C and CORBA IDL.
Especially the support for Objective-C and IDL has gotten an overhaul.
The special "@" declarations in Objective-C are handled correctly.
All the keywords used in CORBA IDL, PSDL, and CIDL are recognized and
handled correctly, also wrt indentation.

*** Support for the AWK language.
Support for the AWK language has been introduced.  The implementation is
based around GNU AWK version 3.1, but it should work pretty well with
any AWK.  As yet, not all features of CC Mode have been adapted for AWK.
Here is a summary:

**** Indentation Engine
The CC Mode indentation engine fully supports AWK mode.

AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion: `{'s
which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound statements are
placed on the same line as the associated construct; the matching `}'s
are normally placed under the start of the respective pattern, function
definition, or structured statement.

The predefined indentation functions haven't yet been adapted for AWK
mode, though some of them may work serendipitously.  There shouldn't be
any problems writing custom indentation functions for AWK mode.

The command C-c C-q (c-indent-defun) hasn't yet been adapted for AWK,
though in practice it works properly nearly all the time.  Should it
fail, explicitly set the region around the function (using C-u C-SPC:
C-M-h probably won't work either) then do C-M-\ (indent-region).

**** Font Locking
There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the
three distinct levels the other modes have.  There are several
idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of
the AWK language itself.

**** Comment Commands
M-; (indent-for-comment) works fine.  None of the other CC Mode
comment formatting commands have yet been adapted for AWK mode.

**** Movement Commands
Most of the movement commands work in AWK mode.  The most important
exceptions are M-a (c-beginning-of-statement) and M-e
(c-end-of-statement) which haven't yet been adapted.

The notion of "defun" has been augmented to include AWK pattern-action
pairs.  C-M-a (c-awk-beginning-of-defun) and C-M-e (c-awk-end-of-defun)
recognize these pattern-action pairs, as well as user defined
functions.

**** Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups
Auto-newline insertion hasn't yet been adapted for AWK.  Some of
the clean-ups can actually convert good AWK code into syntactically
invalid code.  These features are best disabled in AWK buffers.

*** New syntactic symbols in IDL mode.
The top level constructs "module" and "composition" (from CIDL) are
now handled like "namespace" in C++: They are given syntactic symbols
module-open, module-close, inmodule, composition-open,
composition-close, and incomposition.

*** New functions to do hungry delete without enabling hungry delete mode.
The functions `c-hungry-backspace' and `c-hungry-delete-forward' can be
bound to keys to get this feature without toggling a mode.

*** Better control over `require-final-newline'.

The variable `c-require-final-newline' specifies which of the modes
implemented by CC mode should insert final newlines.  Its value is a
list of modes, and only those modes should do it.  By default the list
includes C, C++ and Objective-C modes.

Whichever modes are in this list will set `require-final-newline'
based on `mode-require-final-newline'.

*** Format change for syntactic context elements.

The elements in the syntactic context returned by `c-guess-basic-syntax'
and stored in `c-syntactic-context' has been changed somewhat to allow
attaching more information.  They are now lists instead of single cons
cells.  E.g. a line that previously had the syntactic analysis

((inclass . 11) (topmost-intro . 13))

is now analyzed as

((inclass 11) (topmost-intro 13))

In some cases there are more than one position given for a syntactic
symbol.

This change might affect code that call `c-guess-basic-syntax' directly,
and custom lineup functions if they use `c-syntactic-context'.  However,
the argument given to lineup functions is still a single cons cell
with nil or an integer in the cdr.

*** API changes for derived modes.

There have been extensive changes "under the hood" which can affect
derived mode writers.  Some of these changes are likely to cause
incompatibilities with existing derived modes, but on the other hand
care has now been taken to make it possible to extend and modify CC
Mode with less risk of such problems in the future.

**** New language variable system.
See the comment blurb near the top of cc-langs.el.

**** New initialization functions.
The initialization procedure has been split up into more functions to
give better control: `c-basic-common-init', `c-font-lock-init', and
`c-init-language-vars'.

*** Changes in analysis of nested syntactic constructs.
The syntactic analysis engine has better handling of cases where
several syntactic constructs appear nested on the same line.  They are
now handled as if each construct started on a line of its own.

This means that CC Mode now indents some cases differently, and
although it's more consistent there might be cases where the old way
gave results that's more to one's liking.  So if you find a situation
where you think that the indentation has become worse, please report
it to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.

**** New syntactic symbol substatement-label.
This symbol is used when a label is inserted between a statement and
its substatement.  E.g:

    if (x)
      x_is_true:
        do_stuff();

*** Better handling of multiline macros.

**** Syntactic indentation inside macros.
The contents of multiline #define's are now analyzed and indented
syntactically just like other code.  This can be disabled by the new
variable `c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros'.  A new syntactic symbol
`cpp-define-intro' has been added to control the initial indentation
inside `#define's.

**** New lineup function `c-lineup-cpp-define'.

Now used by default to line up macro continuation lines.  The behavior
of this function closely mimics the indentation one gets if the macro
is indented while the line continuation backslashes are temporarily
removed.  If syntactic indentation in macros is turned off, it works
much line `c-lineup-dont-change', which was used earlier, but handles
empty lines within the macro better.

**** Automatically inserted newlines continues the macro if used within one.
This applies to the newlines inserted by the auto-newline mode, and to
`c-context-line-break' and `c-context-open-line'.

**** Better alignment of line continuation backslashes.
`c-backslash-region' tries to adapt to surrounding backslashes.  New
variable `c-backslash-max-column' which put a limit on how far out
backslashes can be moved.

**** Automatic alignment of line continuation backslashes.
This is controlled by the new variable `c-auto-align-backslashes'.  It
affects `c-context-line-break', `c-context-open-line' and newlines
inserted in Auto-Newline mode.
**** Line indentation works better inside macros.

Regardless whether syntactic indentation and syntactic indentation
inside macros are enabled or not, line indentation now ignores the
line continuation backslashes.  This is most noticeable when syntactic
indentation is turned off and there are empty lines (save for the
backslash) in the macro.

*** indent-for-comment is more customizable.
The behavior of M-; (indent-for-comment) is now configurable through
the variable `c-indent-comment-alist'.  The indentation behavior based
on the preceding code on the line, e.g. to get two spaces after #else
and #endif but indentation to `comment-column' in most other cases
(something which was hardcoded earlier).

*** New function `c-context-open-line'.
It's the open-line equivalent of `c-context-line-break'.

*** New lineup functions

**** `c-lineup-string-cont'
This lineup function lines up a continued string under the one it
continues.  E.g:

result = prefix + "A message "
                  "string.";      <- c-lineup-string-cont

**** `c-lineup-cascaded-calls'
Lines up series of calls separated by "->" or ".".

**** `c-lineup-knr-region-comment'
Gives (what most people think is) better indentation of comments in
the "K&R region" between the function header and its body.

**** `c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg'
Provides better indentation inside asm blocks.

**** `c-lineup-argcont'
Lines up continued function arguments after the preceding comma.

*** Better caching of the syntactic context.
CC Mode caches the positions of the opening parentheses (of any kind)
of the lists surrounding the point.  Those positions are used in many
places as anchor points for various searches.  The cache is now
improved so that it can be reused to a large extent when the point is
moved.  The less it moves, the less needs to be recalculated.

The effect is that CC Mode should be fast most of the time even when
opening parens are hung (i.e. aren't in column zero).  It's typically
only the first time after the point is moved far down in a complex
file that it'll take noticeable time to find out the syntactic
context.

*** Statements are recognized in a more robust way.
Statements are recognized most of the time even when they occur in an
"invalid" context, e.g. in a function argument.  In practice that can
happen when macros are involved.

*** Improved the way `c-indent-exp' chooses the block to indent.
It now indents the block for the closest sexp following the point
whose closing paren ends on a different line.  This means that the
point doesn't have to be immediately before the block to indent.
Also, only the block and the closing line is indented; the current
line is left untouched.

*** Added toggle for syntactic indentation.
The function `c-toggle-syntactic-indentation' can be used to toggle
syntactic indentation.

** In sh-script, a continuation line is only indented if the backslash was
preceded by a SPC or a TAB.

---
** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'.

---
** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed
to C-c C-f and C-c C-i.  The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate
bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as
C-c C-i b, and so on.

** Fortran mode changes:

---
*** Fortran mode does more font-locking by default. Use level 3
highlighting for the old default.

+++
*** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'.
Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use.
Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking.

+++
*** F90 mode and Fortran mode have new navigation commands
`f90-end-of-block', `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block',
`f90-previous-block', `fortran-end-of-block',
`fortran-beginning-of-block'.

---
*** F90 mode and Fortran mode have support for `hs-minor-mode' (hideshow).
It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable
majority.

---
*** The new function `f90-backslash-not-special' can be used to change
the syntax of backslashes in F90 buffers.

---
** Reftex mode changes
+++
*** Changes to RefTeX's table of contents

The new command keys "<" and ">" in the TOC buffer promote/demote the
section at point or all sections in the current region, with full
support for multifile documents.

The new command `reftex-toc-recenter' (`C-c -') shows the current
section in the TOC buffer without selecting the TOC window.
Recentering can happen automatically in idle time when the option
`reftex-auto-recenter-toc' is turned on.  The highlight in the TOC
buffer stays when the focus moves to a different window.  A dedicated
frame can show the TOC with the current section always automatically
highlighted.  The frame is created and deleted from the toc buffer
with the `d' key.

The toc window can be split off horizontally instead of vertically.
See new option `reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally'.

Labels can be renamed globally from the table of contents using the
key `M-%'.

The new command `reftex-goto-label' jumps directly to a label
location.

+++
*** Changes related to citations and BibTeX database files

Commands that insert a citation now prompt for optional arguments when
called with a prefix argument.  Related new options are
`reftex-cite-prompt-optional-args' and `reftex-cite-cleanup-optional-args'.

The new command `reftex-create-bibtex-file' creates a BibTeX database
with all entries referenced in the current document.  The keys "e" and
"E" allow to produce a BibTeX database file from entries marked in a
citation selection buffer.

The command `reftex-citation' uses the word in the buffer before the
cursor as a default search string.

The support for chapterbib has been improved.  Different chapters can
now use BibTeX or an explicit `thebibliography' environment.

The macros which specify the bibliography file (like \bibliography)
can be configured with the new option `reftex-bibliography-commands'.

Support for jurabib has been added.

+++
*** Global index matched may be verified with a user function

During global indexing, a user function can verify an index match.
See new option `reftex-index-verify-function'.

+++
*** Parsing documents with many labels can be sped up.

Operating in a document with thousands of labels can be sped up
considerably by allowing RefTeX to derive the type of a label directly
from the label prefix like `eq:' or `fig:'.  The option
`reftex-trust-label-prefix' needs to be configured in order to enable
this feature.  While the speed-up is significant, this may reduce the
quality of the context offered by RefTeX to describe a label.

+++
*** Miscellaneous changes

The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can be
configured in the new option `reftex-include-file-commands'.

RefTeX supports global incremental search.

+++
** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords'
to support use of font-lock.

** HTML/SGML changes:

---
*** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files
automatically.

+++
*** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax.
The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax.
When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style,
i.e., there is always a closing tag.
By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis
from the file name or buffer contents.

+++
*** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support.

** TeX modes:

+++
*** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default.

+++
*** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced
by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold
command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold
TeX commands to use at startup.

---
*** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock
and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts.

+++
*** New major mode Doctex mode, for *.dtx files.

** BibTeX mode:

*** The new command `bibtex-url' browses a URL for the BibTeX entry at
point (bound to C-c C-l and mouse-2, RET on clickable fields).

*** The new command `bibtex-entry-update' (bound to C-c C-u) updates
an existing BibTeX entry.

*** New `bibtex-entry-format' option `required-fields', enabled by default.

*** `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' can take values `plain',
`crossref', and `entry-class' which control the sorting scheme used
for BibTeX entries.  `bibtex-sort-entry-class' controls the sorting
scheme `entry-class'.  TAB completion for reference keys and
automatic detection of duplicates does not require anymore that
`bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' is non-nil.

*** If the new variable `bibtex-parse-keys-fast' is non-nil,
use fast but simplified algorithm for parsing BibTeX keys.

*** If the new variable `bibtex-autoadd-commas' is non-nil,
automatically add missing commas at end of BibTeX fields.

*** The new variable `bibtex-autofill-types' contains a list of entry
types for which fields are filled automatically (if possible).

*** The new command `bibtex-complete' completes word fragment before
point according to context (bound to M-tab).

*** The new commands `bibtex-find-entry' and `bibtex-find-crossref'
locate entries and crossref'd entries (bound to C-c C-s and C-c C-x).
Crossref fields are clickable (bound to mouse-2, RET).

*** In BibTeX mode the command `fill-paragraph' (M-q) fills
individual fields of a BibTeX entry.

*** The new variables `bibtex-files' and `bibtex-file-path' define a set
of BibTeX files that are searched for entry keys.

*** The new command `bibtex-validate-globally' checks for duplicate keys
in multiple BibTeX files.

*** The new command `bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill' pushes summary
of BibTeX entry to kill ring (bound to C-c C-t).

+++
** In Enriched mode, `set-left-margin' and `set-right-margin' are now
by default bound to `C-c [' and `C-c ]' instead of the former `C-c C-l'
and `C-c C-r'.

** GUD changes:

+++
*** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program
counter to the specified source line (the one where point is).

---
*** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior
and other common debugger commands.

+++
*** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to
GDB. You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but
there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the
state of your program.  It can separate the input/output of your program from
that of GDB and watches expressions in the speedbar.  It also uses features of
Emacs 21/22 such as the toolbar, and bitmaps in the fringe to indicate
breakpoints.

Use M-x gdb to start GDB-UI.

*** The variable tooltip-gud-tips-p has been removed.  GUD tooltips can now be
toggled independently of normal tooltips with the minor mode
`gud-tooltip-mode'.

+++
*** In graphical mode, with a C program, GUD Tooltips have been extended to
display the #define directive associated with an identifier when program is
not executing.

---
** GUD mode improvements for jdb:

*** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class
    information. Fast startup since there is no need to scan all
    source files up front. There is also no need to create and maintain
    lists of source directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath'
    and `gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation.

*** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear)
    set/clear operations from java source files under the classpath, stack
    traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish
    (gud-finish).

*** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb
    (Java 1.1 jdb).

*** The previous method of searching for source files has been
    preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it.
    Set `gud-jdb-use-classpath' to nil.

  Added Customization Variables

*** `gud-jdb-command-name'.  What command line to use to invoke jdb.

*** `gud-jdb-use-classpath'. Allows selection of java source file searching
    method: set to t for new method, nil to scan `gud-jdb-directories' for
    java sources (previous method).

*** `gud-jdb-directories'. List of directories to scan and search for java
    classes using the original gud-jdb method (if `gud-jdb-use-classpath'
    is nil).

  Minor Improvements

*** The STARTTLS wrapper (starttls.el) can now use GNUTLS
instead of the OpenSSL based `starttls' tool.  For backwards
compatibility, it prefers `starttls', but you can toggle
`starttls-use-gnutls' to switch to GNUTLS (or simply remove the
`starttls' tool).

*** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds.

** Auto-Revert changes:

+++
*** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file.

If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert
mode keeps it at the end after reverting.  Similarly if point is
displayed at the end of a file buffer in any window, it stays at
the end of the buffer in that window.  This allows to tail a file:
just put point at the end of the buffer and it stays there.  This
rule applies to file buffers.  For non-file buffers, the behavior can
be mode dependent.

If you are sure that the file will only change by growing at the end,
then you can tail the file more efficiently by using the new minor
mode Auto Revert Tail mode.  The function `auto-revert-tail-mode'
toggles this mode.

+++
*** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and
other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to
revert.  This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled
and `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil.  Auto Revert
mode only reverts a non-file buffer if the buffer has a non-nil
`revert-buffer-function' and a non-nil `buffer-stale-function', which
decides whether the buffer should be reverted.  Currently, this means
that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not
work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu.

+++
*** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto
Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version
control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in
which it is active.  If the option is nil, the default, then this info
only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted.

---
** recentf changes.

The recent file list is now automatically cleanup when recentf mode is
enabled.  The new option `recentf-auto-cleanup' controls when to do
automatic cleanup.

The ten most recent files can be quickly opened by using the shortcut
keys 1 to 9, and 0, when the recent list is displayed in a buffer via
the `recentf-open-files', or `recentf-open-more-files' commands.

The `recentf-keep' option replaces `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-p'
and provides a more general mechanism to customize which file names to
keep in the recent list.

With the more advanced option `recentf-filename-handlers', you can
specify functions that successively transform recent file names.  For
example, if set to `file-truename' plus `abbreviate-file-name', the
same file will not be in the recent list with different symbolic
links, and the file name will be abbreviated.

To follow naming convention, `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag'
replaces the misnamed option `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'.  The
old name remains available as alias, but has been marked obsolete.

+++
** Desktop package

+++
*** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, `desktop-save-mode'.

+++
*** The variable `desktop-enable' is obsolete.

Customize `desktop-save-mode' to enable desktop saving.

---
*** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the
buffer list.

+++
*** The desktop package can be customized to restore only some buffers
immediately, remaining buffers are restored lazily (when Emacs is
idle).

+++
*** New commands:
  - desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop.
  - desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new.
  - desktop-save-in-desktop-dir saves desktop in the directory from which
    it was loaded.
  - desktop-lazy-complete runs the desktop load to completion.
  - desktop-lazy-abort aborts lazy loading of the desktop.

---
*** New customizable variables:
  - desktop-save. Determins whether the desktop should be saved when it is
    killed.
  - desktop-file-name-format. Format in which desktop file names should be saved.
  - desktop-path. List of directories in which to lookup the desktop file.
  - desktop-locals-to-save. List of local variables to save.
  - desktop-globals-to-clear. List of global variables that `desktop-clear' will clear.
  - desktop-clear-preserve-buffers-regexp. Regexp identifying buffers that `desktop-clear'
    should not delete.
  - desktop-restore-eager. Number of buffers to restore immediately. Remaining buffers are
    restored lazily (when Emacs is idle).
  - desktop-lazy-verbose. Verbose reporting of lazily created buffers.
  - desktop-lazy-idle-delay. Idle delay before starting to create buffers.

+++
*** New command line option --no-desktop

---
*** New hooks:
  - desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded.
  - desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found.

---
** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files.

When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer
include files that aren't readable, e.g. files that don't exist.
Customize the new option `save-place-forget-unreadable-files' to nil
to get the old behavior.  The new options `save-place-save-skipped'
and `save-place-skip-check-regexp' allow further fine-tuning of this
feature.

** EDiff changes.

+++
***  When comparing directories.
Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of
directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files
from one directory to another.

+++
*** When comparing files or buffers.
Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the
currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n'
then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for
comparison.

+++
*** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent
backup using `ediff'.  If you specify the name of a backup file,
`ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup.

+++
** Etags changes.

*** New regular expressions features

**** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions.

The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained
only for backward compatibility.  The new equivalent syntax is
--regex=/regex/i.  More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS,
where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or
more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s'
(single-line).  The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular
expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s'
(which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines.  The ability to
span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions
and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages.

**** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in GCC.

The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v,
respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL,
CR, TAB, VT,

**** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language.

The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags
only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise.  This is
particularly useful when storing regexps in a file.

**** Regular expressions can be read from a file.

The --regex=@regexfile option means read the regexps from a file, one
per line.  Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored.

*** New language parsing features

**** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file.

Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect.

**** The GCC __attribute__ keyword is now recognized and ignored.

**** New language HTML.

Tags are generated for `title' as well as `h1', `h2', and `h3'.  Also,
when `name=' is used inside an anchor and whenever `id=' is used.

**** In Makefiles, constants are tagged.

If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the
size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option.

**** New language Lua.

All functions are tagged.

**** In Perl, packages are tags.

Subroutine tags are named from their package.  You can jump to sub tags
as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for
package::sub.

**** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates.

**** New language PHP.

Functions, classes and defines are tags.  If the --members option is
specified to etags, variables are tags also.

**** New default keywords for TeX.

The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and
renewenvironment.

*** Honour #line directives.

When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line
directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number
specified in those directives.  This is useful when dealing with code
created from Cweb source files.  When Etags tags the generated file, it
writes tags pointing to the source file.

*** New option --parse-stdin=FILE.

This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs.  It can
be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line.  Etags
reads from standard input and marks the produced tags as belonging to
the file FILE.

** VC Changes

+++
*** The key C-x C-q only changes the read-only state of the buffer
(toggle-read-only).  It no longer checks files in or out.

We made this change because we held a poll and found that many users
were unhappy with the previous behavior.  If you do prefer this
behavior, you can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your
`.emacs' file:

    (global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only)

The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist.

+++
*** The new variable `vc-cvs-global-switches' specifies switches that
are passed to any CVS command invoked by VC.

These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which means they
are inserted before the command name.  For example, this allows you to
specify a compression level using the `-z#' option for CVS.

+++
*** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS.

+++
*** VC-Annotate mode enhancements

In VC-Annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for
enhanced functionality to browse the annotations of past revisions, or
to view diffs or log entries directly from vc-annotate-mode:

    P:  annotates the previous revision
    N:  annotates the next revision
    J:  annotates the revision at line
    A:  annotates the revision previous to line
    D:  shows the diff of the revision at line with its previous revision
    L:  shows the log of the revision at line
    W:  annotates the workfile (most up to date) version

** pcl-cvs changes:

+++
*** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs
between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision
in the repository.

+++
*** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes
anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed
`checkout', `update' or `commit'.  That means using cvs diff options
-rBASE -rHEAD.

+++
** The new variable `mail-default-directory' specifies
`default-directory' for mail buffers.  This directory is used for
auto-save files of mail buffers.  It defaults to "~/".

+++
** The mode line can indicate new mail in a directory or file.

See the documentation of the user option
`display-time-mail-directory'.

** Rmail changes:

---
*** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer.

*** The new commands rmail-end-of-message and rmail-summary end-of-message,
by default bound to `/', go to the end of the current mail message in
Rmail and Rmail summary buffers.

+++
*** Support for `movemail' from GNU mailutils was added to Rmail.

This version of `movemail' allows to read mail from a wide range of
mailbox formats, including remote POP3 and IMAP4 mailboxes with or
without TLS encryption.  If GNU mailutils is installed on the system
and its version of `movemail' can be found in exec-path, it will be
used instead of the native one.

** Gnus package

---
*** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG

Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts.  PGG is a library to handle
PGP/MIME.

---
*** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements.

See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details.

---
** MH-E changes.

Upgraded to MH-E version 7.85. There have been major changes since
version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details.

** Calendar changes:

+++
*** You can now use < and >, instead of C-x < and C-x >, to scroll
the calendar left or right.  (The old key bindings still work too.)

+++
*** There is a new calendar package, icalendar.el, that can be used to
convert Emacs diary entries to/from the iCalendar format.

+++
*** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar.
Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as
`diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK,
which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating
how to highlight the day in the calendar display.  Specifying a
single-character string as @var{mark} places the character next to the
day in the calendar.  Specifying a face highlights the day with that
face.  This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations,
appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp.

+++
*** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a
year and day number, and moves to that date. Negative day numbers
count backward from the end of the year.

+++
*** The new Calendar function `calendar-goto-iso-week' (g w)
prompts for a year and a week number, and moves to the first
day of that ISO week.

---
*** The new variable `calendar-minimum-window-height' affects the
window generated by the function `generate-calendar-window'.

---
*** The functions `holiday-easter-etc' and `holiday-advent' now take
optional arguments, in order to only report on the specified holiday
rather than all. This makes customization of variables such as
`christian-holidays' simpler.

---
*** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line.
This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag'
and `diary-header-line-format'.

+++
*** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed:
use the new function `appt-activate'.  The new variable
`appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing
`appt-issue-message', `appt-visible', and `appt-msg-window'.

+++
*** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus',
and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries
from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages.  The variable
`diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional
formats.

+++
** Speedbar changes:

*** Speedbar items can now be selected by clicking mouse-1, based on
the `mouse-1-click-follows-link' mechanism.

*** SPC and DEL are no longer bound to scroll up/down in the speedbar
keymap.

*** The new command `speedbar-toggle-line-expansion', bound to SPC,
contracts or expands the line under the cursor.

*** New command `speedbar-create-directory', bound to `M'.

*** The new commands `speedbar-expand-line-descendants' and
`speedbar-contract-line-descendants', bound to `[' and `]'
respectively, expand and contract the line under cursor with all of
its descendents.

*** The new user option `speedbar-query-confirmation-method' controls
how querying is performed for file operations.  A value of 'always
means to always query before file operations; 'none-but-delete means
to not query before any file operations, except before a file
deletion.

*** The new user option `speedbar-select-frame-method' specifies how
to select a frame for displaying a file opened with the speedbar.  A
value of 'attached means to use the attached frame (the frame that
speedbar was started from.)  A number such as 1 or -1 means to pass
that number to `other-frame'.

*** The new user option `speedbar-use-tool-tips-flag', if non-nil,
means to display tool-tips for speedbar items.

*** The frame management code in speedbar.el has been split into a new
`dframe' library.  Emacs Lisp code that makes use of the speedbar
should use `dframe-attached-frame' instead of
`speedbar-attached-frame', `dframe-timer' instead of `speedbar-timer',
`dframe-close-frame' instead of `speedbar-close-frame', and
`dframe-activity-change-focus-flag' instead of
`speedbar-activity-change-focus-flag'.  The variables
`speedbar-update-speed' and `speedbar-navigating-speed' are also
obsolete; use `dframe-update-speed' instead.

---
** sql changes.

*** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlightng of different
SQL dialects.  This variable can be set globally via Customize, on a
buffer-specific basis via local variable settings, or for the current
session using the new SQL->Product submenu.  (This menu replaces the
SQL->Highlighting submenu.)

The following values are supported:

    ansi        ANSI Standard (default)
    db2         DB2
    informix    Informix
    ingres      Ingres
    interbase   Interbase
    linter      Linter
    ms          Microsoft
    mysql       MySQL
    oracle      Oracle
    postgres    Postgres
    solid       Solid
    sqlite      SQLite
    sybase      Sybase

The current product name will be shown on the mode line following the
SQL mode indicator.

The technique of setting `sql-mode-font-lock-defaults' directly in
your `.emacs' will no longer establish the default highlighting -- Use
`sql-product' to accomplish this.

ANSI keywords are always highlighted.

*** The function `sql-add-product-keywords' can be used to add
font-lock rules to the product specific rules.  For example, to have
all identifiers ending in `_t' under MS SQLServer treated as a type,
you would use the following line in your .emacs file:

  (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
             '(("\\<\\w+_t\\>" . font-lock-type-face)))

*** Oracle support includes keyword highlighting for Oracle 9i.

Most SQL and PL/SQL keywords are implemented.  SQL*Plus commands are
highlighted in `font-lock-doc-face'.

*** Microsoft SQLServer support has been significantly improved.

Keyword highlighting for SqlServer 2000 is implemented.
sql-interactive-mode defaults to use osql, rather than isql, because
osql flushes its error stream more frequently.  Thus error messages
are displayed when they occur rather than when the session is
terminated.

If the username and password are not provided to `sql-ms', osql is
called with the `-E' command line argument to use the operating system
credentials to authenticate the user.

*** Postgres support is enhanced.
Keyword highlighting of Postgres 7.3 is implemented.  Prompting for
the username and the pgsql `-U' option is added.

*** MySQL support is enhanced.
Keyword higlighting of MySql 4.0 is implemented.

*** Imenu support has been enhanced to locate tables, views, indexes,
packages, procedures, functions, triggers, sequences, rules, and
defaults.

*** Added SQL->Start SQLi Session menu entry which calls the
appropriate `sql-interactive-mode' wrapper for the current setting of
`sql-product'.

---
*** sql.el supports the SQLite interpreter--call 'sql-sqlite'.

** FFAP changes:

+++
*** New ffap commands and keybindings:

C-x C-r (`ffap-read-only'),
C-x C-v (`ffap-alternate-file'), C-x C-d (`ffap-list-directory'),
C-x 4 r (`ffap-read-only-other-window'), C-x 4 d (`ffap-dired-other-window'),
C-x 5 r (`ffap-read-only-other-frame'), C-x 5 d (`ffap-dired-other-frame').

---
*** FFAP accepts wildcards in a file name by default.

C-x C-f passes the file name to `find-file' with non-nil WILDCARDS
argument, which visits multiple files, and C-x d passes it to `dired'.

---
** In skeleton.el, `-' marks the `skeleton-point' without interregion interaction.

`@' has reverted to only setting `skeleton-positions' and no longer
sets `skeleton-point'.  Skeletons which used @ to mark
`skeleton-point' independent of `_' should now use `-' instead.  The
updated `skeleton-insert' docstring explains these new features along
with other details of skeleton construction.

---
** Hideshow mode changes

*** New variable `hs-set-up-overlay' allows customization of the overlay
used to effect hiding for hideshow minor mode.  Integration with isearch
handles the overlay property `display' specially, preserving it during
temporary overlay showing in the course of an isearch operation.

*** New variable `hs-allow-nesting' non-nil means that hiding a block does
not discard the hidden state of any "internal" blocks; when the parent
block is later shown, the internal blocks remain hidden.  Default is nil.

+++
** `hide-ifdef-mode' now uses overlays rather than selective-display
to hide its text.  This should be mostly transparent but slightly
changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p.

---
** `partial-completion-mode' now handles partial completion on directory names.

---
** The type-break package now allows `type-break-file-name' to be nil
and if so, doesn't store any data across sessions.  This is handy if
you don't want the `.type-break' file in your home directory or are
annoyed by the need for interaction when you kill Emacs.

---
** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets.

Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with
`ps-print', provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF
fonts.  See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts.

---
** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind
the stroke directly to a string to insert.  This is convenient for
using strokes as an input method.

** Emacs server changes:

+++
*** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine.

        % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start &
        % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "bar")' -f server-start &
        % emacsclient -s foo file1
        % emacsclient -s bar file2

+++
*** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and
`--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given Lisp
expression and to use the given display when visiting files.

+++
*** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process.

---
** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.

+++
** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it.

M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no
argument it toggles the mode.  Turning off PC-Selection mode restores
the global key bindings that were replaced by turning on the mode.

---
** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer
`file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'.

---
** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed.

Emacs still works on terminals that require magic cookies in order to
use standout mode, but they can no longer display mode-lines in
inverse-video.

---
** The game `mpuz' is enhanced.

`mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits.  By
default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed
automatically.  The game uses faces for better visual feedback.

** battery.el changes:

---
*** display-battery-mode replaces display-battery.

---
*** battery.el now works on recent versions of OS X.

---
** calculator.el now has radix grouping mode.

To enable this, set `calculator-output-radix' non-nil.  In this mode a
separator character is used every few digits, making it easier to see
byte boundries etc.  For more info, see the documentation of the
variable `calculator-radix-grouping-mode'.

---
** fast-lock.el and lazy-lock.el are obsolete.  Use jit-lock.el instead.

---
** iso-acc.el is now obsolete.  Use one of the latin input methods instead.

---
** cplus-md.el has been deleted.
\f
* Changes in Emacs 22.1 on non-free operating systems

+++
** The HOME directory defaults to Application Data under the user profile.

If you used a previous version of Emacs without setting the HOME
environment variable and a `.emacs' was saved, then Emacs will continue
using C:/ as the default HOME.  But if you are installing Emacs afresh,
the default location will be the "Application Data" (or similar
localized name) subdirectory of your user profile.  A typical location
of this directory is "C:\Documents and Settings\USERNAME\Application Data",
where USERNAME is your user name.

This change means that users can now have their own `.emacs' files on
shared computers, and the default HOME directory is less likely to be
read-only on computers that are administered by someone else.

+++
** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows.

You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any
existing values.  For example:

  emacs --xrm "Emacs.Background:red" --xrm "Emacs.Geometry:100x20"

will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background,
irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry.

---
** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor.

This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track
the cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs.

---
** Tooltips now work on MS Windows.

See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details.

---
** Images are now supported on MS Windows.

PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats
depend on external libraries.  All of these libraries have been ported
to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at
http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/.  Note that libpng also depends on
zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled
against.  For additional information, see nt/INSTALL.

---
** Sound is now supported on MS Windows.

WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such
as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of
Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level
sound support for those formats.

---
** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows.

The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer.

---
** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows.

The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls
whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or
pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions.

---
** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows.

The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much
the same way as wildcard X Resources do on X.  Emacs now adds these
colors to the colormap prefixed by System (eg SystemMenu for the
default Menu background, SystemMenuText for the foreground), and uses
some of them to initialize some of the default faces.
`list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case
you wish to use them in other faces.

---
** On MS Windows NT/W2K/XP, Emacs uses Unicode for clipboard operations.

Those systems use Unicode internally, so this allows Emacs to share
multilingual text with other applications. On other versions of
MS Windows, Emacs now uses the appropriate locale coding-system, so
the clipboard should work correctly for your local language without
any customizations.

---
** Running in a console window in Windows now uses the console size.

Previous versions of Emacs erred on the side of having a usable Emacs
through telnet, even though that was inconvenient if you use Emacs in
a local console window with a scrollback buffer. The default value of
w32-use-full-screen-buffer is now nil, which favours local console
windows. Recent versions of Windows telnet also work well with this
setting. If you are using an older telnet server then Emacs detects
that the console window dimensions that are reported are not sane, and
defaults to 80x25. If you use such a telnet server regularly at a size
other than 80x25, you can still manually set
w32-use-full-screen-buffer to t.

---
** On Mac OS, `keyboard-coding-system' changes based on the keyboard script.

---
** The variable `mac-keyboard-text-encoding' and the constants
`kTextEncodingMacRoman', `kTextEncodingISOLatin1', and
`kTextEncodingISOLatin2' are obsolete.
\f
* Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1

---
** The variables post-command-idle-hook and post-command-idle-delay have
    been removed.  Use run-with-idle-timer instead.

+++
** `suppress-keymap' now works by remapping `self-insert-command' to
the command `undefined'.  (In earlier Emacs versions, it used
`substitute-key-definition' to rebind self inserting characters to
`undefined'.)

+++
** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the
:propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose
`risky-local-variable' property is nil.

---
** Support for Mocklisp has been removed.
\f
* Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1

** General Lisp changes:

*** The function `expt' handles negative exponents differently.
The value for `(expt A B)', if both A and B are integers and B is
negative, is now a float.  For example: (expt 2 -2) => 0.25.

+++
*** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package.

+++
*** `makehash' is now obsolete.  Use `make-hash-table' instead.

+++
*** `add-to-list' takes an optional third argument, APPEND.

If APPEND is non-nil, the new element gets added at the end of the
list instead of at the beginning.  This change actually occurred in
Emacs 21.1, but was not documented then.

+++
*** New function `add-to-ordered-list' is like `add-to-list' but
associates a numeric ordering of each element added to the list.

+++
*** New function `copy-tree' makes a copy of a tree.

It recursively copyies through both CARs and CDRs.

+++
*** New function `delete-dups' deletes `equal' duplicate elements from a list.

It modifies the list destructively, like `delete'.  Of several `equal'
occurrences of an element in the list, the one that's kept is the
first one.

+++
*** New function `rassq-delete-all'.

(rassq-delete-all VALUE ALIST) deletes, from ALIST, each element whose
CDR is `eq' to the specified value.

+++
*** The function `number-sequence' makes a list of equally-separated numbers.

For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9).  By
default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different
separation as the third argument.  (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns
(1.5 3.5 5.5).

+++
*** New variables `most-positive-fixnum' and `most-negative-fixnum'.

They hold the largest and smallest possible integer values.

+++
*** Minor change in the function `format'.

Some flags that were accepted but not implemented (such as "*") are no
longer accepted.

+++
*** Functions `get' and `plist-get' no longer give errors for bad plists.

They return nil for a malformed property list or if the list is
cyclic.

+++
*** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'.

They are like `plist-get' and `plist-put', except that they compare
the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'.

+++
*** New variable `print-continuous-numbering'.

When this is non-nil, successive calls to print functions use a single
numbering scheme for circular structure references.  This is only
relevant when `print-circle' is non-nil.

When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should
also bind `print-number-table' to nil.

+++
*** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form.

It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name.
One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument
if no expansion is done, which can be tested using `eq'.

+++
*** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument.

When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the
angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis.  (This is
equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.)

+++
*** A function or macro's doc string can now specify the calling pattern.

You put this info in the doc string's last line.  It should be
formatted so as to match the regexp "\n\n(fn .*)\\'".  If you don't
specify this explicitly, Emacs determines it from the actual argument
names.  Usually that default is right, but not always.

+++
*** New macro `with-local-quit' temporarily allows quitting.

A quit inside the body of `with-local-quit' is caught by the
`with-local-quit' form itself, but another quit will happen later once
the code that has inhibitted quitting exits.

This is for use around potentially blocking or long-running code
inside timer functions and `post-command-hook' functions.

+++
*** New macro `define-obsolete-function-alias'.

This combines `defalias' and `make-obsolete'.

+++
*** New function `unsafep' determines whether a Lisp form is safe.

It returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly do anything
dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be unsafe
(calls unknown function, alters global variable, etc).

*** `list-faces-display' takes an optional argument, REGEXP.

If it is non-nil, the function lists only faces matching this regexp.

** Lisp code indentation features:

+++
*** The `defmacro' form can contain indentation and edebug declarations.

These declarations specify how to indent the macro calls in Lisp mode
and how to debug them with Edebug.  You write them like this:

   (defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...)

DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'.  The
possible declaration specifiers are:

(indent INDENT)
        Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT.

(edebug DEBUG)
        Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG.  (This is
        equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro,
        but this is cleaner.)

---
*** cl-indent now allows customization of Indentation of backquoted forms.

See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'.

---
*** cl-indent now handles indentation of simple and extended `loop' forms.

The new user options `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation',
`lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and `lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can
be used to customize the indentation of keywords and forms in loop
forms.

+++
** Variable aliases:

*** New function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING]

This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for
symbol BASE-VAR.  This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR
returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR
changes the value of BASE-VAR.

DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has
the same documentation as BASE-VAR.

*** New function: indirect-variable VARIABLE

This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases
of VARIABLE.  If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not
defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE.

It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of
variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables.

+++
*** The macro `define-obsolete-variable-alias' combines `defvaralias' and
`make-obsolete-variable'.

** defcustom changes:

+++
*** The new customization type `float' requires a floating point number.

** String changes:

+++
*** The escape sequence \s is now interpreted as a SPACE character.

Exception: In a character constant, if it is followed by a `-' in a
character constant (e.g. ?\s-A), it is still interpreted as the super
modifier.  In strings, \s is always interpreted as a space.

+++
*** A hex escape in a string constant forces the string to be multibyte.

+++
*** An octal escape in a string constant forces the string to be unibyte.

+++
*** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if
the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for
SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string.  If SEPARATORS is
nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all
empty matches are omitted from the returned list.

+++
*** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a
multibyte string with the same individual character codes.

+++
*** New function `substring-no-properties' returns a substring without
text properties.

+++
*** The new function `assoc-string' replaces `assoc-ignore-case' and
`assoc-ignore-representation', which are still available, but have
been declared obsolete.

+++
** Displaying warnings to the user.

See the functions `warn' and `display-warning', or the Lisp Manual.
If you want to be sure the warning will not be overlooked, this
facility is much better than using `message', since it displays
warnings in a separate window.

+++
** Progress reporters.

These provide a simple and uniform way for commands to present
progress messages for the user.

See the new functions `make-progress-reporter',
`progress-reporter-update', `progress-reporter-force-update',
`progress-reporter-done', and `dotimes-with-progress-reporter'.

** Buffer positions:

+++
*** Function `compute-motion' now calculates the usable window
width if the WIDTH argument is nil.  If the TOPOS argument is nil,
the usable window height and width is used.

+++
*** The `line-move', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down' functions will now
modify the window vscroll to scroll through display rows that are
taller that the height of the window, for example in the presence of
large images.  To disable this feature, bind the new variable
`auto-window-vscroll' to nil.

+++
*** The argument to `forward-word', `backward-word' is optional.

It defaults to 1.

+++
*** Argument to `forward-to-indentation' and `backward-to-indentation' is optional.

It defaults to 1.

+++
*** New function `mouse-on-link-p' test if a position is in a clickable link.

This is the function used by the new `mouse-1-click-follows-link'
functionality.

+++
*** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns the line number of a position.

It an optional buffer position argument that defaults to point.

+++
*** `field-beginning' and `field-end' take new optional argument, LIMIT.

This argument tells them not to search beyond LIMIT.  Instead they
give up and return LIMIT.

+++
*** Function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now returns the pixel coordinates
and partial visiblity state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY
arg is non-nil.

+++
*** New functions `posn-at-point' and `posn-at-x-y' return
click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer
position or for a given window pixel coordinate.

** Text modification:

+++
*** The new function `insert-for-yank' normally works like `insert', but
removes the text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list
and handles the `yank-handler' text property.

+++
*** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-as-yank' is like
`insert-for-yank' except that it gets the text from another buffer as
in `insert-buffer-substring'.

+++
*** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-no-properties' is like
`insert-buffer-substring', but removes all text properties from the
inserted substring.

+++
*** The new function `filter-buffer-substring' extracts a buffer
substring, passes it through a set of filter functions, and returns
the filtered substring.  Use it instead of `buffer-substring' or
`delete-and-extract-region' when copying text into a user-accessible
data structure, such as the kill-ring, X clipboard, or a register.

The list of filter function is specified by the new variable
`buffer-substring-filters'.  For example, Longlines mode adds to
`buffer-substring-filters' to remove soft newlines from the copied
text.

+++
*** Function `translate-region' accepts also a char-table as TABLE
argument.

+++
*** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input'
is used for customizing self-insertion.  The character to
be inserted is translated through it.

---
*** Text clones.

The new function `text-clone-create'.  Text clones are chunks of text
that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one
clone to the other.

---
*** The function `insert-string' is now obsolete.

** Filling changes.

+++
*** In determining an adaptive fill prefix, Emacs now tries the function in
`adaptive-fill-function' _before_ matching the buffer line against
`adaptive-fill-regexp' rather than _after_ it.

+++
** Atomic change groups.

To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that
they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group'
around the code that makes changes.  For instance:

  (atomic-change-group
    (insert foo)
    (delete-region x y))

If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of
`atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that
were during the execution of the body.  The change group has no effect
on any other buffers--any such changes remain.

If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the
lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses.  Here is how.

To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'.
Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer.
This function returns a "handle" for the change group.  You must save
the handle to activate the change group and then finish it.

Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change
group.  Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to
do this.

After you make the changes, you must finish the change group.  You can
either accept the changes or cancel them all.  Call
`accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final;
call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all.

You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always
finished.  The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the
`unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs.
(This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and
`activate-change-group' are separate functions.)  Once you finish the
group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group
twice.

To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once
for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the
returned values, like this:

  (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1)
         (prepare-change-group buffer-2))

You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call
to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to
`accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'.

Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you
would expect.  Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer
will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first
change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one
finished.

** Buffer-related changes:

---
*** `list-buffers-noselect' now takes an additional argument, BUFFER-LIST.

If it is non-nil, it specifies which buffers to list.

+++
*** `kill-buffer-hook' is now a permanent local.

+++
*** The new function `buffer-local-value' returns the buffer-local
binding of VARIABLE (a symbol) in buffer BUFFER.  If VARIABLE does not
have a buffer-local binding in buffer BUFFER, it returns the default
value of VARIABLE instead.

*** The function `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' now lets you maintain
various status records in parallel.

It take a variable (a symbol) as argument.  If the variable is non-nil,
then its value should be a vector installed previously by
`frame-or-buffer-changed-p'.  If the frame names, buffer names, buffer
order, or their read-only or modified flags have changed, since the
time the vector's contents were recorded by a previous call to
`frame-or-buffer-changed-p', then the function returns t.  Otherwise
it returns nil.

On the first call to `frame-or-buffer-changed-p', the variable's
value should be nil.  `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' stores a suitable
vector into the variable and returns t.

If the variable is itself nil, then `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' uses,
for compatibility, an internal variable which exists only for this
purpose.

+++
*** The function `read-buffer' follows the convention for reading from
the minibuffer with a default value: if DEF is non-nil, the minibuffer
prompt provided in PROMPT is edited to show the default value provided
in DEF before the terminal colon and space.

** Local variables lists:

+++
*** Text properties in local variables.

A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text
properties--any specified text properties are discarded.

+++
*** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that
are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables
specification.  Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating
such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is
needed.

---
*** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property,
that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it
appears in an `eval' local variables specification.  If the property
is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is
ok.  If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called
with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call.

If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for
confirmation as before.

** Searching and matching changes:

+++
*** New function `looking-back' checks whether a regular expression matches
the text before point.  Specifying the LIMIT argument bounds how far
back the match can start; this is a way to keep it from taking too long.

+++
*** The new variable `search-spaces-regexp' controls how to search
for spaces in a regular expression.  If it is non-nil, it should be a
regular expression, and any series of spaces stands for that regular
expression.  If it is nil, spaces stand for themselves.

Spaces inside of constructs such as `[..]' and inside loops such as
`*', `+', and `?' are never replaced with `search-spaces-regexp'.

+++
*** New regular expression operators, `\_<' and `\_>'.

These match the beginning and end of a symbol.  A symbol is a
non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as
specified by the syntax table.

---
*** rx.el has new corresponding `symbol-end' and `symbol-start' elements.

+++
*** `skip-chars-forward' and `skip-chars-backward' now handle
character classes such as `[:alpha:]', along with individual
characters and ranges.

---
*** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits
properties from surrounding text.

+++
*** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final
element, if the last match was on a buffer.  `set-match-data'
accepts such a list for restoring the match state.

+++
*** Functions `match-data' and `set-match-data' now have an optional
argument `reseat'.  When non-nil, all markers in the match data list
passed to these function will be reseated to point to nowhere.

+++
*** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new
variable `sentence-end-without-space', which contains such characters
that end a sentence without following spaces.

The function `sentence-end' should be used to obtain the value of the
variable `sentence-end'.  If the variable `sentence-end' is nil, then
this function returns the regexp constructed from the variables
`sentence-end-without-period', `sentence-end-double-space' and
`sentence-end-without-space'.

** Undo changes:

+++
*** `buffer-undo-list' can allows programmable elements.

These elements have the form (apply FUNNAME . ARGS), where FUNNAME is
a symbol other than t or nil.  That stands for a high-level change
that should be undone by evaluating (apply FUNNAME ARGS).

These entries can also have the form (apply DELTA BEG END FUNNAME . ARGS)
which indicates that the change which took place was limited to the
range BEG...END and increased the buffer size by DELTA.

+++
*** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than
`undo-outer-limit', garbage collection empties it.  This is to prevent
it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs.

+++
** New `yank-handler' text property can be used to control how
previously killed text on the kill ring is reinserted.

The value of the `yank-handler' property must be a list with one to four
elements with the following format:
  (FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO).

The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on
the first character on its string argument (typically the first
element on the kill-ring).  If a `yank-handler' property is found,
the normal behavior of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways:

  When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert'
to insert the string.  FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert.
  If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object
passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is
`yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a
rectangle.
  If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the
`yank-excluded-properties' is not performed; instead FUNCTION is
responsible for removing those properties.  This may be necessary
if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object.
  If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called
by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object.  It is
called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region.
FUNCTION can set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value.

*** The functions `kill-new', `kill-append', and `kill-region' now have an
optional argument to specify the `yank-handler' text property to put on
the killed text.

*** The function `yank-pop' will now use a non-nil value of the variable
`yank-undo-function' (instead of `delete-region') to undo the previous
`yank' or `yank-pop' command (or a call to `insert-for-yank').  The function
`insert-for-yank' automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO
element of the string argument's `yank-handler' text property if present.

*** The function `insert-for-yank' now supports strings where the
`yank-handler' property does not span the first character of the
string.  The old behavior is available if you call
`insert-for-yank-1' instead.

** Syntax table changes:

+++
*** The macro `with-syntax-table' no longer copies the syntax table.

+++
*** The new function `syntax-after' returns the syntax code
of the character after a specified buffer position, taking account
of text properties as well as the character code.

+++
*** `syntax-class' extracts the class of a syntax code (as returned
by `syntax-after').

+++
*** The new function `syntax-ppss' rovides an efficient way to find the
current syntactic context at point.

** File operation changes:

+++
*** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when
searching for an executable or an Emacs Lisp file.

+++
*** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and
modification times.  Magic file name handlers can handle this
operation.

+++
*** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns
non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using
its own special methods and not directly through the file system).
The value in that case is an identifier for the remote file system.

+++
*** `buffer-auto-save-file-format' is the new name for what was
formerly called `auto-save-file-format'.  It is now a permanent local.

+++
*** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now
ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as
`.emacs' are treated as extensionless.

+++
*** `copy-file' now takes an additional option arg MUSTBENEW.

This argument works like the MUSTBENEW argument of write-file.

+++
*** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return
a list of two integers, instead of a cons.

+++
*** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which
specifies the maximum number of links to chase through.  If after that
many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link,
`file-chase-links' returns it anyway.

+++
*** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer'
before saving buffers.  This allows packages to perform various final
tasks, for example; it can be used by the copyright package to make
sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers.

+++
*** If `buffer-save-without-query' is non-nil in some buffer,
`save-some-buffers' will always save that buffer without asking (if
it's modified).

+++
*** New function `locate-file' searches for a file in a list of directories.
`locate-file' accepts a name of a file to search (a string), and two
lists: a list of directories to search in and a list of suffixes to
try; typical usage might use `exec-path' and `load-path' for the list
of directories, and `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' for the list
of suffixes.  The function also accepts a predicate argument to
further filter candidate files.

One advantage of using this function is that the list of suffixes in
`exec-suffixes' is OS-dependant, so this function will find
executables without polluting Lisp code with OS dependancies.

---
*** The precedence of file name handlers has been changed.

Instead of choosing the first handler that matches,
`find-file-name-handler' now gives precedence to a file name handler
that matches nearest the end of the file name.  More precisely, the
handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen.  In case
of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies.

+++
*** A file name handler can declare which operations it handles.

You do this by putting an `operation' property on the handler name
symbol.  The property value should be a list of the operations that
the handler really handles.  It won't be called for any other
operations.

This is useful for autoloaded handlers, to prevent them from being
autoloaded when not really necessary.

+++
*** The function `make-auto-save-file-name' is now handled by file
name handlers.  This will be exploited for remote files mainly.

** Input changes:

+++
*** An interactive specification can now use the code letter 'U' to get
the up-event that was discarded in case the last key sequence read for a
previous `k' or `K' argument was a down-event; otherwise nil is used.

+++
*** The new interactive-specification `G' reads a file name
much like `F', but if the input is a directory name (even defaulted),
it returns just the directory name.

---
*** Functions `y-or-n-p', `read-char', `read-key-sequence' and the like, that
display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt
using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string.

+++
*** (while-no-input BODY...) runs BODY, but only so long as no input
arrives.  If the user types or clicks anything, BODY stops as if a
quit had occurred.  `while-no-input' returns the value of BODY, if BODY
finishes.  It returns nil if BODY was aborted by a quit, and t if
BODY was aborted by arrival of input.

** Minibuffer changes:

+++
*** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional
buffer argument is a minibuffer.  If the argument is omitted, it
defaults to the current buffer.

+++
*** New function `minibuffer-selected-window' returns the window which
was selected when entering the minibuffer.

+++
*** `read-from-minibuffer' now accepts an additional argument KEEP-ALL
saying to put all inputs in the history list, even empty ones.

+++
*** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which
specifies a predicate which the file name read must satify.  The
new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument
while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this
variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list.

---
*** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by Lisp code
to override the built-in `read-file-name' function.

+++
*** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies
whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the
`read-file-name' function.

+++
*** The new function `read-directory-name' for reading a directory name.

It is like `read-file-name' except that the defaulting works better
for directories, and completion inside it shows only directories.

** Completion changes:

+++
*** The functions `all-completions' and `try-completion' now accept lists
of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays
and functions.  Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now
exported to Lisp.  The keys in alists and hash tables can be either
strings or symbols, which are automatically converted with to strings.

+++
*** The new macro `dynamic-completion-table' supports using functions
as a dynamic completion table.

  (dynamic-completion-table FUN)

FUN is called with one argument, the string for which completion is required,
and it should return an alist containing all the intended possible
completions.  This alist can be a full list of possible completions so that FUN
can ignore the value of its argument.  If completion is performed in the
minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was
entered.  `dynamic-completion-table' then computes the completion.

+++
*** The new macro `lazy-completion-table' initializes a variable
as a lazy completion table.

  (lazy-completion-table VAR FUN &rest ARGS)

If the completion table VAR is used for the first time (e.g., by passing VAR
as an argument to `try-completion'), the function FUN is called with arguments
ARGS. FUN must return the completion table that will be stored in VAR. If
completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer
from which the minibuffer was entered. The return value of
`lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR.

+++
** Enhancements to keymaps.

*** Cleaner way to enter key sequences.

You can enter a constant key sequence in a more natural format, the
same one used for saving keyboard macros, using the macro `kbd'.  For
example,

(kbd "C-x C-f") => "\^x\^f"

*** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps.

This is an alternative to using `defadvice' or `substitute-key-definition'
to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap
binding and lookup functionality.

When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is
remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the
original command.

Example:
Suppose that minor mode `my-mode' has defined the commands
`my-kill-line' and `my-kill-word', and it wants C-k (and any other key
bound to `kill-line') to run the command `my-kill-line' instead of
`kill-line', and likewise it wants to run `my-kill-word' instead of
`kill-word'.

Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map,
command remapping allows you to directly map `kill-line' into
`my-kill-line' and `kill-word' into `my-kill-word' using `define-key':

   (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line)
   (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word)

When `my-mode' is enabled, its minor mode keymap is enabled too.  So
when the user types C-k, that runs the command `my-kill-line'.

Only one level of remapping is supported.  In the above example, this
means that if `my-kill-line' is remapped to `other-kill', then C-k still
runs `my-kill-line'.

The following changes have been made to provide command remapping:

- Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
  `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD
  to definition DEF in keymap MAP.  The definition is not limited to
  another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding.

- The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a
  remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped.

- `key-binding' now remaps interactive commands unless the optional
  third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil.

- `where-is-internal' now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g.
  `kill-line', when `my-mode' is enabled), and the actual key binding for
  the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line).
  It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits
  remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns "C-k" for `kill-line', and
  "<kill-line>" for `my-kill-line').

- The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original
  command before remapping.  It is equal to `this-command' when the
  command was not remapped.

*** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence
over minor mode keymaps.

*** The `keymap' property now also works at the ends of overlays and
text properties, according to their stickiness.  This also means that it
works with empty overlays.  The same hold for the `local-map' property.

*** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly.

Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key
bindings of the parent keymap.

*** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1.

*** New function `current-active-maps' returns a list of currently
active keymaps.

*** New function `describe-buffer-bindings' inserts the list of all
defined keys and their definitions.

*** New function `keymap-prompt' returns the prompt string of a keymap.

*** (map-keymap FUNCTION KEYMAP) applies the function to each binding
in the keymap.

*** New variable `emulation-mode-map-alists'.

Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own
keymap alist separate from `minor-mode-map-alist' by adding their
keymap alist to this list.

** Abbrev changes:

+++
*** The new function `copy-abbrev-table' copies an abbrev table.

It returns a new abbrev table that is a copy of a given abbrev table.

+++
*** `define-abbrev' now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG.

If non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means
that it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the
abbrevs.  Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always
specify this flag.

+++
** Enhancements to process support

*** Function `list-processes' now has an optional argument; if non-nil,
it lists only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set.

*** New fns `set-process-query-on-exit-flag' and `process-query-on-exit-flag'.

These replace the old function `process-kill-without-query'.  That
function is still supported, but new code should use the new
functions.

*** Function `signal-process' now accepts a process object or process
name in addition to a process id to identify the signaled process.

*** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can
maintain process state and other per-process related information.

Use the new functions `process-get' and `process-put' to access, add,
and modify elements on this property list.  Use the new functions
`process-plist' and `set-process-plist' to access and replace the
entire property list of a process.

*** Function `accept-process-output' has a new optional fourth arg
JUST-THIS-ONE.  If non-nil, only output from the specified process
is handled, suspending output from other processes.  If value is an
integer, also inhibit running timers.  This feature is generally not
recommended, but may be necessary for specific applications, such as
speech synthesis.

*** Adaptive read buffering of subprocess output.

On some systems, when emacs reads the output from a subprocess, the
output data is read in very small blocks, potentially resulting in
very poor performance.  This behavior can be remedied to some extent
by setting the new variable `process-adaptive-read-buffering' to a
non-nil value (the default), as it will automatically delay reading
from such processes, to allowing them to produce more output before
emacs tries to read it.

*** The new function `call-process-shell-command'.

This executes a shell command synchronously in a separate process.

*** The new function `process-file' is similar to `call-process', but
obeys file handlers.  The file handler is chosen based on
`default-directory'.

*** A process filter function gets the output as multibyte string
if the process specifies t for its filter's multibyteness.

That multibyteness is decided by the value of
`default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is created, and
you can change it later with `set-process-filter-multibyte'.

*** The new function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the
multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter.

*** The new function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns the
multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter.

*** If a process's coding system is `raw-text' or `no-conversion' and its
buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted
to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer.
Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte',
which was not compatible with the behavior of file reading.

+++
** Enhanced networking support.

*** The new `make-network-process' function makes network connections.
It allows opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as
create a stream or datagram server inside emacs.

- A server is started using :server t arg.
- Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg.
- A server can open on a random port using :service t arg.
- Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg.
- Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg.
- The process' property list can be initialized using :plist PLIST arg;
  a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited
  by new client processes created to handle incoming connections.

To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this:
  (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram))

*** The old `open-network-stream' now uses `make-network-process'.

*** New functions `process-datagram-address', `set-process-datagram-address'.

These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get
and set the current address of the remote partner.

*** New function `format-network-address'.

This function reformats the Lisp representation of a network address
to a printable string.  For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port
number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the
printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P".  See the doc
string for other formatting options.

*** `process-contact' has an optional KEY argument.

Depending on this argument, you can get the complete list of network
process properties or a specific property.  Using :local or :remote as
the KEY, you get the address of the local or remote end-point.

An Inet address is represented as a 5 element vector, where the first
4 elements contain the IP address and the fifth is the port number.

*** New functions `stop-process' and `continue-process'.

These functions stop and restart communication through a network
connection.  For a server process, no connections are accepted in the
stopped state.  For a client process, no input is received in the
stopped state.

*** New function `network-interface-list'.

This function returns a list of network interface names and their
current network addresses.

*** New function `network-interface-info'.

This function returns the network address, hardware address, current
status, and other information about a specific network interface.

*** Deleting a network process with `delete-process' calls the sentinel.

The status message passed to the sentinel for a deleted network
process is "deleted".  The message passed to the sentinel when the
connection is closed by the remote peer has been changed to
"connection broken by remote peer".

** Using window objects:

+++
*** New function `window-body-height'.

This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line or the
header line.

+++
*** New function `window-body-height'.

This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line
or the header line.

+++
*** You can now make a window as short as one line.

A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode
line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and
`header-line-format' call for them.  A window that is two lines tall
cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the
variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears.

+++
*** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the
actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or
divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and
the mode line.

+++
*** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges'
return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines.

+++
*** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the
selected window without impacting the order of `buffer-list'.
It saves and restores the current buffer, too.

+++
*** `select-window' takes an optional second argument NORECORD.

This is like `switch-to-buffer'.

+++
*** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window
of every frame.  This way, it restores everything that can be changed
by calling `select-window'.  It also saves and restores the current
buffer.

+++
*** `set-window-buffer' has an optional argument KEEP-MARGINS.

If non-nil, that says to preserve the window's current margin, fringe,
and scroll-bar settings.

+++
*** The new function `window-tree' returns a frame's window tree.

+++
** Customizable fringe bitmaps

*** New function `define-fringe-bitmap' can now be used to create new
fringe bitmaps, as well as change the built-in fringe bitmaps.

To change a built-in bitmap, do (require 'fringe) and use the symbol
identifing the bitmap such as `left-truncation or `continued-line'.

*** New function `destroy-fringe-bitmap' deletes a fringe bitmap
or restores a built-in one to its default value.

*** New function `set-fringe-bitmap-face' specifies the face to be
used for a specific fringe bitmap.  The face is automatically merged
with the `fringe' face, so normally, the face should only specify the
foreground color of the bitmap.

*** There are new display properties, `left-fringe' and `right-fringe',
that can be used to show a specific bitmap in the left or right fringe
bitmap of the display line.

Format is `display (left-fringe BITMAP [FACE])', where BITMAP is a
symbol identifying a fringe bitmap, either built-in or defined with
`define-fringe-bitmap', and FACE is an optional face name to be used
for displaying the bitmap instead of the default `fringe' face.
When specified, FACE is automatically merged with the `fringe' face.

*** New function `fringe-bitmaps-at-pos' returns the current fringe
bitmaps in the display line at a given buffer position.

** Other window fringe features:

+++
*** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths.

The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame
can now be controlled by setting the `left-fringe' and `right-fringe'
frame parameters to an integer value specifying the width in pixels.
Setting the width to 0 effectively removes the corresponding fringe.

The actual default fringe widths for the frame may deviate from the
specified widths, since the combined fringe widths must match an
integral number of columns.  The extra width is distributed evenly
between the left and right fringe.  For force a specific fringe width,
specify the width as a negative integer (if both widths are negative,
only the left fringe gets the specified width).

Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe
width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any
of the currently defined fringe bitmaps.  The width of the built-in
fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels.

+++
*** Per-window fringe and scrollbar settings

**** Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and
position settings.

To control the fringe widths of a window, either set the buffer-local
variables `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', or call
`set-window-fringes'.

To control the fringe position in a window, that is, whether fringes
are positioned between the display margins and the window's text area,
or at the edges of the window, either set the buffer-local variable
`fringes-outside-margins' or call `set-window-fringes'.

The function `window-fringes' can be used to obtain the current
settings.  To make `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', and
`fringes-outside-margins' take effect, you must set them before
displaying the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force
an update of the display margins.

**** Windows can now have their own individual scroll-bar settings
controlling the width and position of scroll-bars.

To control the scroll-bar of a window, either set the buffer-local
variables `scroll-bar-mode' and `scroll-bar-width', or call
`set-window-scroll-bars'.  The function `window-scroll-bars' can be
used to obtain the current settings.  To make `scroll-bar-mode' and
`scroll-bar-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
of the display margins.

** Redisplay features:

+++
*** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP).

+++
*** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of
one or all windows.  Normally, this is not needed as changes in window
contents are detected automatically.  However, certain implicit
changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require
forcing an explicit window update.

+++
*** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able
to display CHAR.  More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has
a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to.

Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset
does that, this value cannot be accurate.

+++
*** You can define multiple overlay arrows via the new
variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'.

It contains a list of varibles which contain overlay arrow position
markers, including the original `overlay-arrow-position' variable.

Each variable on this list can have individual `overlay-arrow-string'
and `overlay-arrow-bitmap' properties that specify an overlay arrow
string (for non-window terminals) or fringe bitmap (for window
systems) to display at the corresponding overlay arrow position.
If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or
'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used.

+++
*** New `line-height' and `line-spacing' properties for newline characters

A newline can now have `line-height' and `line-spacing' text or overlay
properties that control the height of the corresponding display row.

If the `line-height' property value is t, the newline does not
contribute to the height of the display row; instead the height of the
newline glyph is reduced.  Also, a `line-spacing' property on this
newline is ignored.  This can be used to tile small images or image
slices without adding blank areas between the images.

If the `line-height' property value is a positive integer, the value
specifies the minimum line height in pixels.  If necessary, the line
height it increased by increasing the line's ascent.

If the `line-height' property value is a float, the minimum line
height is calculated by multiplying the default frame line height by
the given value.

If the `line-height' property value is a cons (FACE . RATIO), the
minimum line height is calculated as RATIO * height of named FACE.
RATIO is int or float.  If FACE is t, it specifies the current face.

If the `line-height' property value is a cons (nil . RATIO), the line
height is calculated as RATIO * actual height of the line's contents.

If the `line-height' value is a cons (HEIGHT . TOTAL), HEIGHT specifies
the line height as described above, while TOTAL is any of the forms
described above and specifies the total height of the line, causing a
varying number of pixels to be inserted after the line to make it line
exactly that many pixels high.

If the `line-spacing' property value is an positive integer, the value
is used as additional pixels to insert after the display line; this
overrides the default frame `line-spacing' and any buffer local value of
the `line-spacing' variable.

If the `line-spacing' property is a float or cons, the line spacing
is calculated as specified above for the `line-height' property.

+++
*** The buffer local `line-spacing' variable can now have a float value,
which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height.

+++
*** Enhancements to stretch display properties

The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where
PROPS is a property list now allows pixel based width and height
specifications, as well as enhanced horizontal text alignment.

The value of these properties can now be a (primitive) expression
which is evaluated during redisplay.  The following expressions
are supported:

EXPR ::= NUM | (NUM) | UNIT | ELEM | POS | IMAGE | FORM
NUM  ::= INTEGER | FLOAT | SYMBOL
UNIT ::= in | mm | cm | width | height
ELEM ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin
      |  scroll-bar | text
POS  ::= left | center | right
FORM ::= (NUM . EXPR) | (OP EXPR ...)
OP   ::= + | -

The form `NUM' specifies a fractional width or height of the default
frame font size.  The form `(NUM)' specifies an absolute number of
pixels.  If a symbol is specified, its buffer-local variable binding
is used.  The `in', `mm', and `cm' units specifies the number of
pixels per inch, milli-meter, and centi-meter, resp.  The `width' and
`height' units correspond to the width and height of the current face
font.  An image specification corresponds to the width or height of
the image.

The `left-fringe', `right-fringe', `left-margin', `right-margin',
`scroll-bar', and `text' elements specify to the width of the
corresponding area of the window.

The `left', `center', and `right' positions can be used with :align-to
to specify a position relative to the left edge, center, or right edge
of the text area.  One of the above window elements (except `text')
can also be used with :align-to to specify that the position is
relative to the left edge of the given area.  Once the base offset for
a relative position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of
these symbols), further occurences of these symbols are interpreted as
the width of the area.

For example, to align to the center of the left-margin, use
    :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin))

If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always relative
to the left edge of the text area.  For example, :align-to 0 in a
header line aligns with the first text column in the text area.

The value of the form `(NUM . EXPR)' is the value of NUM multiplied by
the value of the expression EXPR.  For example, (2 . in) specifies a
width of 2 inches, while (0.5 . IMAGE) specifies half the width (or
height) of the specified image.

The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions.
The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions.

+++
*** Normally, the cursor is displayed at the end of any overlay and
text property string that may be present at the current window
position.  The cursor can now be placed on any character of such
strings by giving that character a non-nil `cursor' text property.

+++
*** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now
supported on text terminals.

+++
*** Support for displaying image slices

**** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) can be used with
an image property to display only a specific slice of the image.

**** Function `insert-image' has new optional fourth arg to
specify image slice (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT).

**** New function `insert-sliced-image' inserts a given image as a
specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns).

+++
*** Images can now have an associated image map via the :map property.

An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST).
An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon:
A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((X0 . Y0) . (X1 . Y1))) specifying the
pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners.
A circle is a cons (circle . ((X0 . Y0) . R)) specifying the center
and the radius of the circle; R can be a float or integer.
A polygon is a cons (poly . [X0 Y0 X1 Y1 ...]) where each pair in the
vector describes one corner in the polygon.

When the mouse pointer is above a hot-spot area of an image, the
PLIST of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a `help-echo'
property it defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains
a `pointer' property, it defines the shape of the mouse cursor when
it is over the hot-spot.  See the variable `void-area-text-pointer'
for possible pointer shapes.

When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot,
an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the
mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'.

+++
*** The function `find-image' now searches in etc/images/ and etc/.
The new variable `image-load-path' is a list of locations in which to
search for image files.  The default is to search in etc/images, then
in etc/, and finally in the directories specified by `load-path'.
Subdirectories of etc/ and etc/images are not recursively searched; if
you put an image file in a subdirectory, you have to specify it
explicitly; for example, if an image is put in etc/images/foo/bar.xpm:

  (defimage foo-image '((:type xpm :file "foo/bar.xpm")))

** Mouse pointer features:

+++ (lispref)
??? (man)
*** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a
line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now
controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'.  The default
is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer.  Other choices are `text'
(or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'.

+++
*** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the
:pointer image property.

+++
*** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images can now be
controlled/overriden via the `pointer' text property.

** Mouse event enhancements:

+++
*** Mouse events for clicks on window fringes now specify `left-fringe'
or `right-fringe' as the area.

+++
*** All mouse events now include a buffer position regardless of where
you clicked.  For mouse clicks in window margins and fringes, this is
a sensible buffer position corresponding to the surrounding text.

+++
*** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events.

+++
*** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area.

+++
*** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means
text area).

+++
*** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types
and all areas.

+++
*** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns the actual glyph coordinates
of the mouse event position.

+++
*** Mouse events can now indicate an image object clicked on.

+++
*** Mouse events include relative X and Y pixel coordinates relative to
the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on.

+++
*** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object
(image or character) clicked on.

+++
*** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', 'posn-object-width-height'.

These return the image or string object of a mouse click, the X and Y
pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner of that object, and
the total width and height of that object.

** Text property and overlay changes:

+++
*** Arguments for `remove-overlays' are now optional, so that you can
remove all overlays in the buffer with just (remove-overlays).

+++
*** New variable `char-property-alias-alist'.

This variable allows you to create alternative names for text
properties.  It works at the same level as `default-text-properties',
although it applies to overlays as well.  This variable was introduced
to implement the `font-lock-face' property.

+++
*** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same
arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the
return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and
whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if
it was found as a text property or not found at all.

+++
*** The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties'.

It is like `remove-text-properties' except that it takes a list of
property names as argument rather than a property list.

** Face changes

+++
*** The new face attribute condition `min-colors' can be used to tailor
the face color to the number of colors supported by a display, and
define the foreground and background colors accordingly so that they
look best on a terminal that supports at least this many colors.  This
is now the preferred method for defining default faces in a way that
makes a good use of the capabilities of the display.

+++
*** New function `display-supports-face-attributes-p' can be used to test
whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable.

A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face
specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces
defined with `defface'.

---
*** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR'
or `bg:COLOR' has been removed.  Lisp programs should use the
`defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use
the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background
directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face.

+++
*** The first face specification element in a defface can specify
`default' instead of frame classification.  Then its attributes act as
defaults that apply to all the subsequent cases (and can be overridden
by them).

+++
*** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger
(or smaller) font we should use.  For instance, if the value is
'((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10
point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches
SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN.

---
*** The function `face-differs-from-default-p' now truly checks
whether the given face displays differently from the default face or
not (previously it did only a very cursory check).

+++
*** `face-attribute', `face-foreground', `face-background', `face-stipple'.

These now accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how
face inheritance is used when determining the value of a face
attribute.

+++
*** New functions `face-attribute-relative-p' and `merge-face-attribute'
help with handling relative face attributes.

+++
*** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face list is reversed.

If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier
faces in the list override later faces in the list; in previous
releases of Emacs, the order was the opposite.  This change was made
so that :inherit face lists operate identically to face lists in text
`face' properties.

---
*** On terminals, faces with the :inverse-video attribute are displayed
with swapped foreground and background colors even when one of them is
not specified.  In previous releases of Emacs, if either foreground
or background color was unspecified, colors were not swapped.  This
was inconsistent with the face behavior under X.

---
*** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on
the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil..

** Font-Lock changes:

+++
*** New special text property `font-lock-face'.

This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by
M-x font-lock-mode.  It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text
property.  Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the
new variable `char-property-alias-alist'.

+++
*** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'.

**** the FACENAME returned in `font-lock-keywords' can be a list of the
form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set other
properties than `face'.

**** `font-lock-extra-managed-props' can be set to make sure those
extra properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock.

---
*** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'.

If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified
(see `jit-lock-defer-contextually'), then all of that text will
be refontified.  This is useful when the syntax of a textual element
depends on text several lines further down (and when `font-lock-multiline'
is not appropriate to solve that problem).  For example in Perl:

        s{
                foo
        }{
                bar
        }e

Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of
text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a `jit-lock-defer-multiline'
property over the second half of the command to force (deferred)
refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed.

** Major mode mechanism changes:

+++
*** `set-auto-mode' now gives the interpreter magic line (if present)
precedence over the file name.  Likewise an `<?xml' or `<!DOCTYPE'
declaration will give the buffer XML or SGML mode, based on the new
var `magic-mode-alist'.

+++
*** Use the new function `run-mode-hooks' to run the major mode's mode hook.

+++
*** All major mode functions should now run the new normal hook
`after-change-major-mode-hook', at their very end, after the mode
hooks.  `run-mode-hooks' does this automatically.

---
*** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect'
property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use
it in that buffer.

+++
*** Major modes can define `eldoc-documentation-function'
locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to
the language.

+++
*** `define-derived-mode' by default creates a new empty abbrev table.
It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table.

+++
*** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks'
are used by `define-derived-mode' to make sure the mode hook for the
parent mode is run at the end of the child mode.

** Minor mode changes:

+++
*** `define-minor-mode' now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments
and simply passes them to `defcustom', if applicable.

+++
*** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands.

+++
*** `define-global-minor-mode'.

This is a new name for what was formerly called
`easy-mmode-define-global-mode'.  The old name remains as an alias.

** Command loop changes:

+++
*** The new function `called-interactively-p' does what many people
have mistakenly believed `interactive-p' to do: it returns t if the
calling function was called through `call-interactively'.

Only use this when you cannot solve the problem by adding a new
INTERACTIVE argument to the command.

+++
*** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional argument.

If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks for a function that could be
called with `call-interactively', and does not return t for keyboard
macros.

+++
*** When a command returns, the command loop moves point out from
within invisible text, in the same way it moves out from within text
covered by an image or composition property.

This makes it generally unnecessary to mark invisible text as intangible.
This is particularly good because the intangible property often has
unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything
(including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after
`post-command-hook' and thus does not care about intermediate states.

+++
*** If a command sets `transient-mark-mode' to `only', that
enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only.
During that following command, the value of `transient-mark-mode'
is `identity'.  If it is still `identity' at the end of the command,
the next return to the command loop changes to nil.

+++
*** Both the variable and the function `disabled-command-hook' have
been renamed to `disabled-command-function'.  The variable
`disabled-command-hook' has been kept as an obsolete alias.

+++
*** `emacsserver' now runs `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'
when it receives a request from emacsclient.

** Lisp file loading changes:

+++
*** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME),
which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the
current file redefined it).

+++
*** `load-history' now records (defun . FUNNAME) when a function is
defined.  For a variable, it records just the variable name.

+++
*** The function `symbol-file' can now search specifically for function,
variable or face definitions.

+++
*** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument
to test/provide subfeatures.  Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist'
and runs any code associated with the provided feature.

---
*** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted.
Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more
than 3 levels of nesting.

+++
** Byte compiler changes:

*** The byte compiler now displays the actual line and character
position of errors, where possible.  Additionally, the form of its
warning and error messages have been brought into line with GNU standards
for these.  As a result, you can use next-error and friends on the
compilation output buffer.

*** The new macro `with-no-warnings' suppresses all compiler warnings
inside its body.  In terms of execution, it is equivalent to `progn'.

*** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a
simple convention that the compiler understands.  (This is mostly
useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.)
Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such
forms:

  (if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>)
  (if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else)

In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form
won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the
second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's
unbound.  The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after
macro expansion), but such tests can be nested.  Note that `when' and
`unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't.

*** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil.  This
helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both
Emacs and XEmacs and can sometimes make the result significantly more
efficient.  Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't
generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose
you anything.

*** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in Lisp files is now obeyed.

---
*** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file
now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs
(require 'cl) when loaded.

** Frame operations:

+++
*** New functions `frame-current-scroll-bars' and `window-current-scroll-bars'.

These functions return the current locations of the vertical and
horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window.

+++
*** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters
for all (existing and future) frames.

+++
*** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use
for color support on character terminal frames.  Its value can be a
number of colors to support, or a symbol.  See the Emacs Lisp
Reference manual for more detailed documentation.

+++
*** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width,
the `scroll-bar-width' frame parameter value is nil.

** Mule changes:

+++
*** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough:

Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes
from 0 to 255.  As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte
buffers no longer exist.  We only know of three reasons to use them
now:

1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time.

2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid
the time it takes to convert the format.

3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and
wasteful.

---
*** `set-buffer-file-coding-system' now takes an additional argument,
NOMODIFY.  If it is non-nil, it means don't mark the buffer modified.

+++
*** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions
to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system
for it.  (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific
file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.)

---
*** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects
of one coding system from another coding system.

---
*** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that
the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text
parts, e.g. utf-16.

+++
*** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if
it is read from a file without decoding.

---
*** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access
hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'.

---
*** New function `quail-find-key' returns a list of keys to type in the
current input method to input a character.

** Mode line changes:

+++
*** New function `format-mode-line'.

This returns the mode line or header line of the selected (or a
specified) window as a string with or without text properties.

+++
*** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be
used to add text properties to mode-line elements.

+++
*** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used
to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode
line.

+++
*** Mouse-face on mode-line (and header-line) is now supported.

** Menu manipulation changes:

---
*** To manipulate the File menu using easy-menu, you must specify the
proper name "file".  In previous Emacs versions, you had to specify
"files", even though the menu item itself was changed to say "File"
several versions ago.

---
*** The dummy function keys made by easy-menu are now always lower case.
If you specify the menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada'
as the "key" bound by that key binding.

This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for the bindings that were
made with easy-menu.

---
*** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name
if you don't need to give the menu a name.  If you install the menu
into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't
need to have a name.

** Operating system access:

+++
*** The new primitive `get-internal-run-time' returns the processor
run time used by Emacs since start-up.

+++
*** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the
user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer.  Function `user-full-name'
accepts a float as UID parameter.

+++
*** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information.

---
*** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS.
The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was
formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system.

---
*** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect
debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file.

** Miscellaneous:

+++
*** A number of hooks have been renamed to better follow the conventions:

`find-file-hooks' to `find-file-hook',
`find-file-not-found-hooks' to `find-file-not-found-functions',
`write-file-hooks' to `write-file-functions',
`write-contents-hooks' to `write-contents-functions',
`x-lost-selection-hooks' to `x-lost-selection-functions',
`x-sent-selection-hooks' to `x-sent-selection-functions',
`delete-frame-hook' to `delete-frame-functions'.

In each case the old name remains as an alias for the moment.

+++
*** local-write-file-hooks is marked obsolete

Use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook'.

---
*** New function `x-send-client-message' sends a client message when
running under X.

** GC changes:

+++
*** New variable `gc-cons-percentage' automatically grows the GC cons threshold
as the heap size increases.

+++
*** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information
on garbage collection.

+++
*** The normal hook `post-gc-hook' is run at the end of garbage collection.

The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care.
\f
* New Packages for Lisp Programming in Emacs 22.1

+++
** The new library button.el implements simple and fast `clickable
buttons' in emacs buffers.  Buttons are much lighter-weight than the
`widgets' implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that
doesn't require the full power of widgets.  Emacs uses buttons for
such things as help and apropos buffers.

---
** The new library tree-widget.el provides a widget to display a set
of hierarchical data as an outline.  For example, the tree-widget is
well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files.

+++
** The new library bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack
binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp
data structures.

---
** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave
buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer.

It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master
and its SQLi buffer is the slave.  This allows you to scroll the SQLi
buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the
commands.

This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable
sql-buffer contains the slave buffer.  It is a local variable in the
SQL buffer.

(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
   (function (lambda ()
               (master-mode t)
               (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
(add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook
   (function (lambda ()
               (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))

+++
** The new library benchmark.el does timing measurements on Lisp code.

This includes measuring garbage collection time.

+++
** The new library testcover.el does test coverage checking.

This is so you can tell whether you've tested all paths in your Lisp
code.  It works with edebug.

The function `testcover-start' instruments all functions in a given
file.  Then test your code.  The function `testcover-mark-all' adds
overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to show where coverage
is lacking.  The command `testcover-next-mark' (bind it to a key!)
will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch.

Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely
evaluated; a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same
value.  The red splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly
complete their evaluation, such as `error'.  The brown splotches are
skipped for forms that are expected to always evaluate to the same
value, such as (setq x 14).

For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to
help out the test coverage tool.  The macro `noreturn' suppresses a
red splotch.  It is an error if the argument to `noreturn' does
return.  The macro `1value' suppresses a brown splotch for its argument.
This macro is a no-op except during test-coverage -- then it signals
an error if the argument actually returns differing values.
\f
* Installation changes in Emacs 21.3

** Support for GNU/Linux on little-endian MIPS and on IBM S390 has
been added.

\f
* Changes in Emacs 21.3

** The obsolete C mode (c-mode.el) has been removed to avoid problems
with Custom.

** UTF-16 coding systems are available, encoding the same characters
as mule-utf-8.

** There is a new language environment for UTF-8 (set up automatically
in UTF-8 locales).

** Translation tables are available between equivalent characters in
different Emacs charsets -- for instance `e with acute' coming from the
Latin-1 and Latin-2 charsets.  User options `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'
and `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' respectively turn on translation
between ISO 8859 character sets (`unification') on encoding
(e.g. writing a file) and decoding (e.g. reading a file).  Note that
`unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is useful and safe, but
`unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' can cause text to change when you read
it and write it out again without edits, so it is not generally advisable.
By default `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is turned on.

** In Emacs running on the X window system, the default value of
`selection-coding-system' is now `compound-text-with-extensions'.

If you want the old behavior, set selection-coding-system to
compound-text, which may be significantly more efficient.  Using
compound-text-with-extensions seems to be necessary only for decoding
text from applications under XFree86 4.2, whose behavior is actually
contrary to the compound text specification.

\f
* Installation changes in Emacs 21.2

** Support for BSD/OS 5.0 has been added.

** Support for AIX 5.1 was added.

\f
* Changes in Emacs 21.2

** Emacs now supports compound-text extended segments in X selections.

X applications can use `extended segments' to encode characters in
compound text that belong to character sets which are not part of the
list of approved standard encodings for X, e.g. Big5.  To paste
selections with such characters into Emacs, use the new coding system
compound-text-with-extensions as the value of selection-coding-system.

** The default values of `tooltip-delay' and `tooltip-hide-delay'
were changed.

** On terminals whose erase-char is ^H (Backspace), Emacs
now uses normal-erase-is-backspace-mode.

** When the *scratch* buffer is recreated, its mode is set from
initial-major-mode, which normally is lisp-interaction-mode,
instead of using default-major-mode.

** The new option `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' causes Info to behave
like the stand-alone Info reader (from the GNU Texinfo package) as far
as motion between nodes and their subnodes is concerned.  If it is t
(the default), Emacs behaves as before when you type SPC in a menu: it
visits the subnode pointed to by the first menu entry.  If this option
is nil, SPC scrolls to the end of the current node, and only then goes
to the first menu item, like the stand-alone reader does.

This change was already in Emacs 21.1, but wasn't advertised in the
NEWS.

\f
* Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.2

** The meanings of scroll-up-aggressively and scroll-down-aggressively
have been interchanged, so that the former now controls scrolling up,
and the latter now controls scrolling down.

** The variable `compilation-parse-errors-filename-function' can
be used to transform filenames found in compilation output.

\f
* Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1

See the INSTALL file for information on installing extra libraries and
fonts to take advantage of the new graphical features and extra
charsets in this release.

** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.

** Support for LynxOS has been added.

** There are new configure options associated with the support for
images and toolkit scrollbars.  Use the --help option in `configure'
to list them.

** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
support 64-bit executables and also on Irix 6.5.  This increases the
maximum buffer size.  See etc/MACHINES for instructions.  Changes to
build on other 64-bit systems should be straightforward modulo any
necessary changes to unexec.

** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.

** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.

** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP.  You can turn this off using
the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.

** This version can be built for the Macintosh, but does not implement
all of the new display features described below.  The port currently
lacks unexec, asynchronous processes, and networking support.  See the
"Emacs and the Mac OS" appendix in the Emacs manual, for the
description of aspects specific to the Mac.

** Note that the MS-Windows port does not yet implement various of the
new display features described below.

\f
* Changes in Emacs 21.1

** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.

The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
Italic text can be used without redisplay problems.  Fonts containing
oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
of a font can be used.  Images of various formats can be displayed in
the text.

** Emacs has a new face implementation.

The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
font.  Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
specify a font.

Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
These terminal capabilities are auto-detected.  Details can be found
under Lisp changes, below.

** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.

Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
the terminal supports it.  Faces with a weight less than normal and
italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible.  Other face
attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
on terminals.

The command-line options `-fg COLOR', `-bg COLOR', and `-rv' are now
supported on character terminals.

Emacs automatically remaps all X-style color specifications to one of
the colors supported by the terminal.  This means you could have the
same color customizations that work both on a windowed display and on
a TTY or when Emacs is invoked with the -nw option.

** New default font is Courier 12pt under X.

** Sound support

Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver).  Currently
supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).
You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes' to enable
sound support.

** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.

If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
longer than one line, Emacs can resize the minibuffer window unless it
is on a frame of its own.  You can control resizing and the maximum
minibuffer window size by setting the following variables:

- User option: max-mini-window-height

Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.  If a float, it specifies a
fraction of the mini-window frame's height.  If an integer, it
specifies a number of lines.

Default is 0.25.

- User option: resize-mini-windows

How to resize mini-windows.  If nil, don't resize.  If t, always
resize to fit the size of the text.  If `grow-only', let mini-windows
grow only, until they become empty, at which point they are shrunk
again.

Default is `grow-only'.

** LessTif support.

Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see
<http://www.lesstif.org>).  You will need version 0.92.26, or later.

** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.

When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
non-nil.

** File selection dialog on MS-Windows is supported.

When a file is visited by clicking File->Open, the MS-Windows version
now pops up a standard file selection dialog where you can select a
file to visit.  File->Save As also pops up that dialog.

** Toolkit scroll bars.

Emacs now uses toolkit scroll bars if available.  When configured for
LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scroll bar.  Otherwise, when
configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
bar if Xaw3d is available.  You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
Emacs.

When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
Xaw3d is compiled on your system.  If the Makefile generated from
Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it.  Take
`s/freebsd.h' as an example.

Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
different systems).  You will find files `*.cf' there.  If your
system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.

The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
`float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
imake configuration file contains the necessary information.  Since
Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.

** Tool bar support.

Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X.  For details
of how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level
changes.  Tool-bar global minor mode controls whether or not it is
displayed and is on by default.  The appearance of the bar is improved
if Emacs has been built with XPM image support.  Otherwise monochrome
icons will be used.

To make the tool bar more useful, we need contributions of extra icons
for specific modes (with copyright assignments).

** Tooltips.

Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
mouse position.  The Lisp package `tooltip' implements them.  You can
turn them off via the user option `tooltip-mode'.

Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging.  If activated,
variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
the mouse in source buffers.  You can customize various aspects of the
tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.

** Automatic Hscrolling

Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
`automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default).  This setting can be
customized.

If a window is scrolled horizontally with set-window-hscroll, or
scroll-left/scroll-right (C-x <, C-x >), this serves as a lower bound
for automatic horizontal scrolling.  Automatic scrolling will scroll
the text more to the left if necessary, but won't scroll the text more
to the right than the column set with set-window-hscroll etc.

** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor
of its own.  By default, when a window is selected, the cursor is
solid; otherwise, it is hollow.  The user-option
`cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to display the
cursor in non-selected windows.  If nil, no cursor is shown, if
non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown.

** Fringes to the left and right of windows are used to display
truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike.  The
foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
customizing face `fringe'.

** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default.
You can change its appearance by modifying the face `mode-line'.
In particular, setting the `:box' attribute to nil turns off the 3D
appearance of the mode line.  (The 3D appearance makes the mode line
occupy more space, and thus might cause the first or the last line of
the window to be partially obscured.)

The variable `mode-line-inverse-video', which was used in older
versions of emacs to make the mode-line stand out, is now deprecated.
However, setting it to nil will cause the `mode-line' face to be
ignored, and mode-lines to be drawn using the default text face.

** Mouse-sensitive mode line.

Different parts of the mode line have been made mouse-sensitive on all
systems which support the mouse.  Moving the mouse to a
mouse-sensitive part in the mode line changes the appearance of the
mouse pointer to an arrow, and help about available mouse actions is
displayed either in the echo area, or in the tooltip window if you
have enabled one.

Currently, the following actions have been defined:

- Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line goes to the next buffer.

- Mouse-3 on the buffer-name goes to the previous buffer.

- Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or
`*') toggles the status.

- Mouse-3 on the mode name displays a minor-mode menu.

** Hourglass pointer

Emacs can optionally display an hourglass pointer under X.  You can
turn the display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.

** Blinking cursor

M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'.  Blinking
and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
the group `cursor'.

** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.

This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
generally faster.  It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
details.

Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
have to do anything to activate it.

** The default binding of the Delete key has changed.

The new user-option `normal-erase-is-backspace' can be set to
determine the effect of the Delete and Backspace function keys.

On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen
according to the keyboard used.  If the keyboard has both a Backspace
key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the
option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to
delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward.  On
keyboards which either have only one key (usually labeled DEL), or two
keys DEL and BS which produce the same effect, the option's value is
set to nil, and these keys delete backward.

If not running under a window system, setting this option accomplishes
a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the
Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via
`keyboard-translate'.  The former functionality of C-h is available on
the F1 key.  You should probably not use this setting on a text-only
terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.

Programmatically, you can call function normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
to toggle the behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys.

** The default for user-option `next-line-add-newlines' has been
changed to nil, i.e. C-n will no longer add newlines at the end of a
buffer by default.

** The <home> and <end> keys now move to the beginning or end of the
current line, respectively.  C-<home> and C-<end> move to the
beginning and end of the buffer.

** Emacs now checks for recursive loads of Lisp files.  If the
recursion depth exceeds `recursive-load-depth-limit', an error is
signaled.

** When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init
file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer.

** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
compiled with Emacs.  Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
this behavior.

The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs's byte
compiler.  Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
Emacs dump core.

** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.

When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus.  When configured for
Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.

** The menu bar configuration has changed.  The new configuration is
more CUA-compliant.  The most significant change is that Options is
now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.

** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
using that menu.

** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.

When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'.  Trailing whitespace is
defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line.  To avoid busy
highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
whitespace.

** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
all frames except the selected one.

** The new user-option `confirm-kill-emacs' can be customized to
let Emacs ask for confirmation before exiting.

** The header line in an Info buffer is now displayed as an emacs
header-line (which is like a mode-line, but at the top of the window),
so that it remains visible even when the buffer has been scrolled.
This behavior may be disabled by customizing the option
`Info-use-header-line'.

** Polish, Czech, German, and French translations of Emacs' reference card
have been added.  They are named `pl-refcard.tex', `cs-refcard.tex',
`de-refcard.tex' and `fr-refcard.tex'.  Postscript files are included.

** An `Emacs Survival Guide', etc/survival.tex, is available.

** A reference card for Dired has been added.  Its name is
`dired-ref.tex'.  A French translation is available in
`fr-drdref.tex'.

** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently.  Now if the menu bar is not
displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
menu bar.  If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.

** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable through Customize.

You can no longer use `M-x customize-variable' to customize `load-path'
because it now contains a version-dependent component.  You can still
use `add-to-list' and `setq' to customize this variable in your
`~/.emacs' init file or to modify it from any Lisp program in general.

** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
point in a pop-up window.

** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
under XFree86.  To enable this, use the `mouse-wheel-mode' command, or
customize the variable `mouse-wheel-mode'.

The variables `mouse-wheel-follow-mouse' and `mouse-wheel-scroll-amount'
determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.

** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
(On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
You can customize `auto-save-list-file-prefix' to change this location.

** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.

** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.

** The new command M-x delete-trailing-whitespace RET will delete the
trailing whitespace within the current restriction.  You can also add
this function to `write-file-hooks' or `local-write-file-hooks'.

** When visiting a file with M-x find-file-literally, no newlines will
be added to the end of the buffer even if `require-final-newline' is
non-nil.

** The new user-option `find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings' can be
set to suppress warnings ``X and Y are the same file'' when visiting a
file that is already visited under a different name.

** The new user-option `electric-help-shrink-window' can be set to
nil to prevent adjusting the help window size to the buffer size.

** New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
and displays information about that.

** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.

This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
mode from the file's name.  If it matches, the file is assumed to be
interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
regular expression.  The mode is then determined as the mode
associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.

** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.

** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
contents.  (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
by M-x prefer-coding-system.)  Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.

** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.

** The new Custom option `keyboard-coding-system' specifies a coding
system for keyboard input.

** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
escape sequences.  If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
such escape sequences.  The default value is nil, and it is
recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
always want to read any escape code verbatim.  If you just want to
read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
(`universal-coding-system-argument').  For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
RET C-x C-f filename RET.

** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.

** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
displays all characters in that character set.

** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.

** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.

** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet but recent X releases have
8859-15.  See etc/INSTALL for information on obtaining extra fonts.
There are new Leim input methods for Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix (only)
and Polish `slash'.

** New language environments `Dutch' and `Spanish'.
These new environments mainly select appropriate translations
of the tutorial.

** In Ethiopic language environment, special key bindings for
function keys are changed as follows.  This is to conform to "Emacs
Lisp Coding Convention".

    new  command                            old-binding
    ---  -------                            -----------
    f3   ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer         f5
    S-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-region         f5
    C-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker f5

    f4   ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer         unchanged
    S-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-region         unchanged
    C-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker unchanged

    S-f5 ethio-toggle-punctuation           f3
    S-f6 ethio-modify-vowel                 f6
    S-f7 ethio-replace-space                f7
    S-f8 ethio-input-special-character      f8
    S-f9 ethio-replace-space                unchanged
    C-f9 ethio-toggle-space                 f2

** There are new Leim input methods.
New input methods "turkish-postfix", "turkish-alt-postfix",
"greek-mizuochi", "TeX", and "greek-babel" are now part of the Leim
package.

** The rule of input method "slovak" is slightly changed.  Now the
rules for translating "q" and "Q" to "`" (backquote) are deleted, thus
typing them inserts "q" and "Q" respectively.  Rules for translating
"=q", "+q", "=Q", and "+Q" to "`" are also deleted.  Now, to input
"`", you must type "=q".

** When your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO
8859 character sets but can display Latin-1, you can display
more-or-less mnemonic sequences of ASCII/Latin-1 characters instead of
empty boxes (under a window system) or question marks (not under a
window system).  Customize the option `latin1-display' to turn this
on.

** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
on the context.  M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill,
defined in newcomment.el.  You can choose different styles of region
commenting with the variable `comment-style'.

** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
`display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
indicator used by the display-time package.  On a suitable display the
indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.

** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
on the display using several methods

- By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS.  PIXELS must be
a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.

- By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'.  This is
equivalent to specifying the frame parameter.

- By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.

- By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'.  The meaning is
the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.

** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer.  The
command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.

** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
`make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.

** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.

** New X resources recognized

*** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode.  Synchronous mode
is useful for debugging X problems.

Example:

  emacs.synchronous: true

*** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
visual Emacs should use.  The resource's value should be a string of
the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number.  Valid
visual class names are

  TrueColor
  PseudoColor
  DirectColor
  StaticColor
  GrayScale
  StaticGray

Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
`pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
meaning.

The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
supported on your display, and which depths they have.  If
`visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
visual.

Example:

  emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8

*** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor.  Recognized
resource values are `true' or `on'.

Example:

  emacs.privateColormap: true

** Faces and frame parameters.

There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
`scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
`scroll-bar' and vice versa.  Setting frame parameter `border-color'
sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa.  Likewise
for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.

Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
`default' face and vice versa.  Setting frame parameters
`foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
`default' face and vice versa.

** New face `menu'.

The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.

** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.

The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
colors.  Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
the screen gamma of a frame's display.

PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2.  smaller values result
in darker colors.  You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
color displays.  The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).

The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
`ScreenGamma'.

** Tabs and variable-width text.

Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.

** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar

*** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".

        emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5

The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
LessTif/Motif one.

*** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
LessTif and Motif.

** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.

As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
drawn as wide as that tab on the display.  To do this, set
`x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.

** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi and Less).

This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
`indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value.  The default value of this
variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.

** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.

When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggressively' is a
number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.

When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggressively' is a
number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.

** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
buffers.

** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.

** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
abbreviated file names.  Abbreviations can be customized by changing
`directory-abbrev-alist'.

** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
forced on.  The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.

The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.

** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
notably at the end of lines.

All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.

** The function `replace-rectangle' is an alias for `string-rectangle'.

** The new command M-x string-insert-rectangle is like `string-rectangle',
but inserts text instead of replacing it.

** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
after each match to get the replacement text.

** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
you edit the replacement string.

** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB'
(if you load the library `mailabbrev'), lets you complete mail aliases
in the text, analogous to lisp-complete-symbol.

** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.

** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.

** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips.  Many standard menus
displayed by Emacs now have help strings.

--
** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
read mail from the menu etc.

** The environment variable `EMACSLOCKDIR' is no longer used on MS-Windows.
This environment variable was used when creating lock files.  Emacs on
MS-Windows does not use this variable anymore.  This change was made
before Emacs 21.1, but wasn't documented until now.

** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
MS-DOS version of Emacs.

** The new command `msdos-set-mouse-buttons' forces the MS-DOS version
of Emacs to behave as if the mouse had a specified number of buttons.
This comes handy with mice that don't report their number of buttons
correctly.  One example is the wheeled mice, which report 3 buttons,
but clicks on the middle button are not passed to the MS-DOS version
of Emacs.

** Customize changes

*** Customize now supports comments about customized items.  Use the
`State' menu to add comments, or give a prefix argument to
M-x customize-set-variable or M-x customize-set-value.  Note that
customization comments will cause the customizations to fail in
earlier versions of Emacs.

*** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
default).

*** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
does not allow you to save customizations in your `~/.emacs' init
file.  This is because saving customizations from such a session would
wipe out all the other customizationss you might have on your init
file.

** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
does not save disabled and enabled commands for future sessions, to
avoid overwriting existing customizations of this kind that are
already in your init file.

** New features in evaluation commands

*** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the new
customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.

The default values for the first two of these variables are 12 and 4
respectively, which means that `eval-expression' now prints at most
the first 12 members of a list and at most 4 nesting levels deep (if
the list is longer or deeper than that, an ellipsis `...'  is
printed).

<RET> or <mouse-2> on the printed text toggles between an abbreviated
printed representation and an unabbreviated one.

The default value of eval-expression-debug-on-error is t, so any error
during evaluation produces a backtrace.

*** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
code when called with a prefix argument.

** CC mode changes.

Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
current user setups (although it's believed that these
incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
back depending on user feedback.  Therefore there's no forward
compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
release.

*** The hardcoded switch to "java" style in Java mode is gone.
CC Mode used to automatically set the style to "java" when Java mode
is entered.  This has now been removed since it caused too much
confusion.

However, to keep backward compatibility to a certain extent, the
default value for c-default-style now specifies the "java" style for
java-mode, but "gnu" for all other modes (as before).  So you won't
notice the change if you haven't touched that variable.

*** New cleanups, space-before-funcall and compact-empty-funcall.
Two new cleanups have been added to c-cleanup-list:

space-before-funcall causes a space to be inserted before the opening
parenthesis of a function call, which gives the style "foo (bar)".

compact-empty-funcall causes any space before a function call opening
parenthesis to be removed if there are no arguments to the function.
It's typically useful together with space-before-funcall to get the
style "foo (bar)" and "foo()".

*** Some keywords now automatically trigger reindentation.
Keywords like "else", "while", "catch" and "finally" have been made
"electric" to make them reindent automatically when they continue an
earlier statement.  An example:

for (i = 0; i < 17; i++)
  if (a[i])
    res += a[i]->offset;
else

Here, the "else" should be indented like the preceding "if", since it
continues that statement. CC Mode will automatically reindent it after
the "else" has been typed in full, since it's not until then it's
possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a continuation of
the preceding "if".

CC Mode uses Abbrev mode to achieve this, which is therefore turned on
by default.

*** M-a and M-e now moves by sentence in multiline strings.
Previously these two keys only moved by sentence in comments, which
meant that sentence movement didn't work in strings containing
documentation or other natural language text.

The reason it's only activated in multiline strings (i.e. strings that
contain a newline, even when escaped by a '\') is to avoid stopping in
the short strings that often reside inside statements.  Multiline
strings almost always contain text in a natural language, as opposed
to other strings that typically contain format specifications,
commands, etc.  Also, it's not that bothersome that M-a and M-e misses
sentences in single line strings, since they're short anyway.

*** Support for autodoc comments in Pike mode.
Autodoc comments for Pike are used to extract documentation from the
source, like Javadoc in Java.  Pike mode now recognize this markup in
comment prefixes and paragraph starts.

*** The comment prefix regexps on c-comment-prefix may be mode specific.
When c-comment-prefix is an association list, it specifies the comment
line prefix on a per-mode basis, like c-default-style does.  This
change came about to support the special autodoc comment prefix in
Pike mode only.

*** Better handling of syntactic errors.
The recovery after unbalanced parens earlier in the buffer has been
improved; CC Mode now reports them by dinging and giving a message
stating the offending line, but still recovers and indent the
following lines in a sane way (most of the time).  An "else" with no
matching "if" is handled similarly.  If an error is discovered while
indenting a region, the whole region is still indented and the error
is reported afterwards.

*** Lineup functions may now return absolute columns.
A lineup function can give an absolute column to indent the line to by
returning a vector with the desired column as the first element.

*** More robust and warning-free byte compilation.
Although this is strictly not a user visible change (well, depending
on the view of a user), it's still worth mentioning that CC Mode now
can be compiled in the standard ways without causing trouble.  Some
code have also been moved between the subpackages to enhance the
modularity somewhat.  Thanks to Martin Buchholz for doing the
groundwork.

*** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
non-advanced users.  If you know what this variable does you might
want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
have to bother.

Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
by default) to override the global settings made by the user.

*** New initialization procedure for the style system.
When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style.  This
is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
settings would override the global settings.  This change makes it
possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.

By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
the style system.  This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
above.

Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
function.  When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
values.  In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
function documentation for more info.

The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
with setq in their .emacs files.  On the other hand, the new system is
intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot.  This new system
is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.

(Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)

**** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.

This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
the style is first initialized.  This means it now defaults to the
empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
style system.

**** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
as far as possible.

*** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
surrounding code, especially inside comments.  For details see the new
chapter about this in the manual.

**** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments.  It's
primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.

**** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.

**** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.

It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
inside CC Mode.

Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
the empty string (which it commonly does).  A patch for that is
available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
cc-mode/).

**** The variables `c-hanging-comment-starter-p' and
`c-hanging-comment-ender-p', which controlled how comment starters and
enders were filled, are not used anymore.  The new version of the
function `c-fill-paragraph' keeps the comment starters and enders as
they were before the filling.

**** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
literals.

**** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments.  If
you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
this function.

*** Fixes to IDL mode.
It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
to IDL.  E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
Thanks to Eric Eide.

*** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
opening braces hangs and when they don't.

**** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.

*** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
See their docstrings for details.  c-lineup-template-args does a
better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.

*** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
previous line.  It used to instead preserve comments that started in
the column specified by comment-column.

*** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
prefix.  This is intended for the type of large block comments that
contain documentation with its own formatting.  In these you normally
don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.

*** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
arguments.

*** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.

*** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
Provan).

*** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.

** Dired changes

*** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
command will delete non-empty directories recursively.  The default
is, delete only empty directories.

*** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
command will copy directories recursively.  The default is, do not
copy directories recursively.

*** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.

*** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
directory.

*** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `y') shows
a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
accurate or inaccurate as it is.

*** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
from ls switches.

*** Dired commands that prompt for a destination file now allow the use
of the `M-n' command in the minibuffer to insert the source filename,
which the user can then edit.  This only works if there is a single
source file, not when operating on multiple marked files.

** Gnus changes.

The Gnus NEWS entries are short, but they reflect sweeping changes in
four areas: Article display treatment, MIME treatment,
internationalization and mail-fetching.

*** The mail-fetching functions have changed.  See the manual for the
many details.  In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone.

If you used procmail like in

(setq nnmail-use-procmail t)
(setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail)
(setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/")
(setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in")

this now has changed to

(setq mail-sources
      '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/"
                   :suffix ".in")))

More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods ->
Getting Mail -> Mail Sources

*** Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader.  This affects many parts of
Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands.  See the manual for details.
Separate MIME packages like RMIME, mime-compose etc., will probably no
longer work; remove them and use the native facilities.

The FLIM/SEMI package still works with Emacs 21, but if you want to
use the native facilities, you must remove any mailcap.el[c] that was
installed by FLIM/SEMI version 1.13 or earlier.

*** Gnus has also been multilingualized.  This also affects too many
parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables.  There
are built-in facilities equivalent to those of gnus-mule.el, which is
now just a compatibility layer.

*** gnus-mule.el is now just a compatibility layer over the built-in
Gnus facilities.

*** gnus-auto-select-first can now be a function to be
called to position point.

*** The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in
summary buffers and NOV files.

*** `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed.  Instead, a number
of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added.

*** The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now work in a
subtly different manner.

*** New web-based backends have been added: nnslashdot, nnwarchive
and nnultimate.  nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with
ever-changing layouts.

*** Gnus can now read IMAP mail via nnimap.

*** There is image support of various kinds and some sound support.

** Changes in Texinfo mode.

*** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
macros

  Key binding   Macro
  -------------------------
  C-c C-c C-s   @strong
  C-c C-c C-e   @emph
  C-c C-c u     @uref
  C-c C-c q     @quotation
  C-c C-c m     @email
  C-c C-o       @<block> ... @end <block>
  M-RET         @item

*** The " key now inserts either " or `` or '' depending on context.

** Changes in Outline mode.

There is now support for Imenu to index headings.  A new command
`outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.

** Changes to Emacs Server

*** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
with buffers when done with them.  If non-nil, the default, buffers
are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
Emacs Server.  If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
buffers to kill, as before.

Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
this way.

** Both emacsclient and Emacs itself now accept command line options
of the form +LINE:COLUMN in addition to +LINE.

** Changes to Show Paren mode.

*** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
use.  Default is 1000.

** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).

** Changes to hideshow.el

*** Generalized block selection and traversal

A block is now recognized by its start and end regexps (both strings),
and an integer specifying which sub-expression in the start regexp
serves as the place where a `forward-sexp'-like function can operate.
See the documentation of variable `hs-special-modes-alist'.

*** During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active,
hidden blocks are temporarily shown.  The variable `hs-headline' can
be used in the mode line format to show the line at the beginning of
the open block.

*** User option `hs-hide-all-non-comment-function' specifies a
function to be called at each top-level block beginning, instead of
the normal block-hiding function.

*** The command `hs-show-region' has been removed.

*** The key bindings have changed to fit the Emacs conventions,
roughly imitating those of Outline minor mode.  Notably, the prefix
for all bindings is now `C-c @'.  For details, see the documentation
for `hs-minor-mode'.

*** The variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' has been removed, and
hideshow.el now always behaves as if this variable were set to t.

** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions

*** If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes
an entry appropriate for the file's parent.  This is useful for making
log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.

**** New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the
current buffer.

*** New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries
in a log file.

*** Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log
entries if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
version number is performed based on regular expressions from
`change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be customized.
Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.

*** Change Log mode now defines its own faces for font-lock highlighting.

** Changes to cmuscheme

*** The user-option `scheme-program-name' has been renamed
`cmuscheme-program-name' due to conflicts with xscheme.el.

** Changes in Font Lock

*** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major mode.

*** Multi-line patterns are now supported.  Modes using this, should
set font-lock-multiline to t in their font-lock-defaults.

*** `font-lock-syntactic-face-function' allows major-modes to choose
the face used for each string/comment.

*** A new standard face `font-lock-doc-face'.
Meant for Lisp docstrings, Javadoc comments and other "documentation in code".

** Changes to Shell mode

*** The `shell' command now accepts an optional argument to specify the buffer
to use, which defaults to "*shell*".  When used interactively, a
non-default buffer may be specified by giving the `shell' command a
prefix argument (causing it to prompt for the buffer name).

** Comint (subshell) changes

These changes generally affect all modes derived from comint mode, which
include shell-mode, gdb-mode, scheme-interaction-mode, etc.

*** Comint now by default interprets some carriage-control characters.
Comint now removes CRs from CR LF sequences, and treats single CRs and
BSs in the output in a way similar to a terminal (by deleting to the
beginning of the line, or deleting the previous character,
respectively).  This is achieved by adding `comint-carriage-motion' to
the `comint-output-filter-functions' hook by default.

*** By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp'
to distinguish prompts from user-input.  Instead, it notices which
parts of the text were output by the process, and which entered by the
user, and attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use
this information.  Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line,
respect field boundaries in a fairly natural manner.  To disable this
feature, and use the old behavior, customize the user option
`comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields'.

*** Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.

*** The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
buffer name from the mini-buffer.  The command is sent to the current
buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.

The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.

*** Packages based on comint now highlight user input and program prompts,
and support choosing previous input with mouse-2.  To control these features,
see the user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.

*** The new command `comint-write-output' (usually bound to `C-c C-s')
saves the output from the most recent command to a file.  With a prefix
argument, it appends to the file.

*** The command `comint-kill-output' has been renamed `comint-delete-output'
(usually bound to `C-c C-o'); the old name is aliased to it for
compatibility.

*** The new function `comint-add-to-input-history' adds commands to the input
ring (history).

*** The new variable `comint-input-history-ignore' is a regexp for
identifying history lines that should be ignored, like tcsh time-stamp
strings, starting with a `#'.  The default value of this variable is "^#".

** Changes to Rmail mode

*** The new user-option rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
set to fine tune the identification of the correspondent when
receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender, the
recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.  If nil, the default,
`user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
as correspondent.

Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
mails sent by you under different user names.  Then it should be a
regexp matching your mail addresses.

*** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
Rmail file.  You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p.  Default is to ask
for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.

*** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
like `j'.

*** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
digest message.

*** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
in which folder to put messages automatically.

*** The new function `rmail-redecode-body' allows to fix a message
with non-ASCII characters if Emacs happens to decode it incorrectly
due to missing or malformed "charset=" header.

** The new user-option `mail-envelope-from' can be used to specify
an envelope-from address different from user-mail-address.

** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
use the -f option when sending mail.

** The Rmail command `o' (`rmail-output-to-rmail-file') now writes the
current message in the internal `emacs-mule' encoding, rather than in
the encoding taken from the variable `buffer-file-coding-system'.
This allows to save messages whose characters cannot be safely encoded
by the buffer's coding system, and makes sure the message will be
displayed correctly when you later visit the target Rmail file.

If you want your Rmail files be encoded in a specific coding system
other than `emacs-mule', you can customize the variable
`rmail-file-coding-system' to set its value to that coding system.

** Changes to TeX mode

*** The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
`latex-mode'.

*** latex-mode now has a simple indentation algorithm.

*** M-f and M-p jump around \begin...\end pairs.

*** Added support for outline-minor-mode.

** Changes to RefTeX mode

*** RefTeX has new support for index generation.  Index entries can be
    created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
    Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
    macro.  `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
    sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index.  Entries
    can be edited from that buffer.

*** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
    items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
    `A' to use all marked entries).

*** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
    memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.

*** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
    in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
    to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
    been cited.

** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
semicolons in a heading line.  Toplevel forms starting with a `('
in column 1 are always made leaves.

** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
has the following new features:

*** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
may match text spanning multiple lines.  For example, some people like
to have the filename and date on separate lines.  The new variable
time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.

*** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file.  This
feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
compiled binary.  The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
pattern.  The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
defaults to 1.

** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
file names.

** Ispell changes

*** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active.  Otherwise it
spell-checks the current buffer.

*** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
added.

*** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
correction is made and re-checked.

*** Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definitions have been added.

*** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
cases.

*** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
on syntax errors.

*** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
end of the buffer.

*** Spell checking now works in the MS-DOS version of Emacs.

** Makefile mode changes

*** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.

*** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
Fontlock mode is active.

** Isearch changes

*** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
so that searches can be resumed.

*** In Isearch mode, C-M-s and C-M-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
that started the search.

*** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
selection into the search string rather than giving an error.

*** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.

Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
`isearch-lazy-highlight'.  When active, all matches for the current
search string are highlighted.  The current match is highlighted as
before using face `isearch' or `region'.  All other matches are
highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
`secondary-selection'.

The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
usual snappy response.

If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
matches are automatically cleared when you end the search.  If it is
set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.

** VC Changes

VC has been overhauled internally.  It is now modular, making it
easier to plug-in arbitrary version control backends.  (See Lisp
Changes for details on the new structure.)  As a result, the mechanism
to enable and disable support for particular version systems has
changed: everything is now controlled by the new variable
`vc-handled-backends'.  Its value is a list of symbols that identify
version systems; the default is '(RCS CVS SCCS).  When finding a file,
each of the backends in that list is tried in order to see whether the
file is registered in that backend.

When registering a new file, VC first tries each of the listed
backends to see if any of them considers itself "responsible" for the
directory of the file (e.g. because a corresponding subdirectory for
master files exists).  If none of the backends is responsible, then
the first backend in the list that could register the file is chosen.
As a consequence, the variable `vc-default-back-end' is now obsolete.

The old variable `vc-master-templates' is also obsolete, although VC
still supports it for backward compatibility.  To define templates for
RCS or SCCS, you should rather use the new variables
vc-{rcs,sccs}-master-templates.  (There is no such feature under CVS
where it doesn't make sense.)

The variables `vc-ignore-vc-files' and `vc-handle-cvs' are also
obsolete now, you must set `vc-handled-backends' to nil or exclude
`CVS' from the list, respectively, to achieve their effect now.

*** General Changes

The variable `vc-checkout-carefully' is obsolete: the corresponding
checks are always done now.

VC Dired buffers are now kept up-to-date during all version control
operations.

`vc-diff' output is now displayed in `diff-mode'.
`vc-print-log' uses `log-view-mode'.
`vc-log-mode' (used for *VC-Log*) has been replaced by `log-edit-mode'.

The command C-x v m (vc-merge) now accepts an empty argument as the
first revision number.  This means that any recent changes on the
current branch should be picked up from the repository and merged into
the working file (``merge news'').

The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
(vc-retrieve-snapshot) now ask for a directory name from which to work
downwards.

*** Multiple Backends

VC now lets you register files in more than one backend.  This is
useful, for example, if you are working with a slow remote CVS
repository.  You can then use RCS for local editing, and occasionally
commit your changes back to CVS, or pick up changes from CVS into your
local RCS archives.

To make this work, the ``more local'' backend (RCS in our example)
should come first in `vc-handled-backends', and the ``more remote''
backend (CVS) should come later.  (The default value of
`vc-handled-backends' already has it that way.)

You can then commit changes to another backend (say, RCS), by typing
C-u C-x v v RCS RET (i.e. vc-next-action now accepts a backend name as
a revision number).  VC registers the file in the more local backend
if that hasn't already happened, and commits to a branch based on the
current revision number from the more remote backend.

If a file is registered in multiple backends, you can switch to
another one using C-x v b (vc-switch-backend).  This does not change
any files, it only changes VC's perspective on the file.  Use this to
pick up changes from CVS while working under RCS locally.

After you are done with your local RCS editing, you can commit your
changes back to CVS using C-u C-x v v CVS RET.  In this case, the
local RCS archive is removed after the commit, and the log entry
buffer is initialized to contain the entire RCS change log of the file.

*** Changes for CVS

There is a new user option, `vc-cvs-stay-local'.  If it is `t' (the
default), then VC avoids network queries for files registered in
remote repositories.  The state of such files is then only determined
by heuristics and past information.  `vc-cvs-stay-local' can also be a
regexp to match against repository hostnames; only files from hosts
that match it are treated locally.  If the variable is nil, then VC
queries the repository just as often as it does for local files.

If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, then VC also makes local backups of
repository versions.  This means that ordinary diffs (C-x v =) and
revert operations (C-x v u) can be done completely locally, without
any repository interactions at all.  The name of a local version
backup of FILE is FILE.~REV.~, where REV is the repository version
number.  This format is similar to that used by C-x v ~
(vc-version-other-window), except for the trailing dot.  As a matter
of fact, the two features can each use the files created by the other,
the only difference being that files with a trailing `.' are deleted
automatically after commit.  (This feature doesn't work on MS-DOS,
since DOS disallows more than a single dot in the trunk of a file
name.)

If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, and there have been changes in the
repository, VC notifies you about it when you actually try to commit.
If you want to check for updates from the repository without trying to
commit, you can either use C-x v m RET to perform an update on the
current file, or you can use C-x v r RET to get an update for an
entire directory tree.

The new user option `vc-cvs-use-edit' indicates whether VC should call
"cvs edit" to make files writeable; it defaults to `t'.  (This option
is only meaningful if the CVSREAD variable is set, or if files are
"watched" by other developers.)

The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
(vc-retrieve-snapshot) are now also implemented for CVS.  If you give
an empty snapshot name to the latter, that performs a `cvs update',
starting at the given directory.

*** Lisp Changes in VC

VC has been restructured internally to make it modular.  You can now
add support for arbitrary version control backends by writing a
library that provides a certain set of backend-specific functions, and
then telling VC to use that library.  For example, to add support for
a version system named SYS, you write a library named vc-sys.el, which
provides a number of functions vc-sys-... (see commentary at the top
of vc.el for a detailed list of them).  To make VC use that library,
you need to put it somewhere into Emacs' load path and add the symbol
`SYS' to the list `vc-handled-backends'.

** The customizable EDT emulation package now supports the EDT
SUBS command and EDT scroll margins.  It also works with more
terminal/keyboard configurations and it now works under XEmacs.
See etc/edt-user.doc for more information.

** New modes and packages

*** The new global minor mode `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'
automatically hides the `(default ...)' part of minibuffer prompts when
the default is not applicable.

*** Artist is an Emacs lisp package that allows you to draw lines,
rectangles and ellipses by using your mouse and/or keyboard.  The
shapes are made up with the ascii characters |, -, / and \.

Features are:

- Intersecting: When a `|' intersects with a `-', a `+' is
  drawn, like this:   |         \ /
                    --+--        X
                      |         / \

- Rubber-banding: When drawing lines you can interactively see the
  result while holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse.  If
  your machine is not fast enough (a 386 is a bit too slow, but a
  pentium is well enough), you can turn this feature off.  You will
  then see 1's and 2's which mark the 1st and 2nd endpoint of the line
  you are drawing.

- Arrows: After having drawn a (straight) line or a (straight)
  poly-line, you can set arrows on the line-ends by typing < or >.

- Flood-filling: You can fill any area with a certain character by
  flood-filling.

- Cut copy and paste: You can cut, copy and paste rectangular
  regions.  Artist also interfaces with the rect package (this can be
  turned off if it causes you any trouble) so anything you cut in
  artist can be yanked with C-x r y and vice versa.

- Drawing with keys: Everything you can do with the mouse, you can
  also do without the mouse.

- Aspect-ratio: You can set the variable artist-aspect-ratio to
  reflect the height-width ratio for the font you are using. Squares
  and circles are then drawn square/round.  Note, that once your
  ascii-file is shown with font with a different height-width ratio,
  the squares won't be square and the circles won't be round.

- Drawing operations: The following drawing operations are implemented:

    lines               straight-lines
    rectangles          squares
    poly-lines          straight poly-lines
    ellipses            circles
    text (see-thru)     text (overwrite)
    spray-can           setting size for spraying
    vaporize line       vaporize lines
    erase characters    erase rectangles

  Straight lines are lines that go horizontally, vertically or
  diagonally.  Plain lines go in any direction.  The operations in
  the right column are accessed by holding down the shift key while
  drawing.

  It is possible to vaporize (erase) entire lines and connected lines
  (rectangles for example) as long as the lines being vaporized are
  straight and connected at their endpoints.  Vaporizing is inspired
  by the drawrect package by Jari Aalto <jari.aalto@poboxes.com>.

- Picture mode compatibility: Artist is picture mode compatible (this
  can be turned off).

*** The new package Eshell is an operating system command shell
implemented entirely in Emacs Lisp.  Use `M-x eshell' to invoke it.
It functions similarly to bash and zsh, and allows running of Lisp
functions and external commands using the same syntax.  It supports
history lists, aliases, extended globbing, smart scrolling, etc.  It
will work on any platform Emacs has been ported to.  And since most of
the basic commands -- ls, rm, mv, cp, ln, du, cat, etc. -- have been
rewritten in Lisp, it offers an operating-system independent shell,
all within the scope of your Emacs process.

*** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
intervals.  You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
on certain projects.

*** The new package hi-lock.el provides commands to highlight matches
of interactively entered regexps.  For example,

  M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET

will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
face.  New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
typed.  `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
appropriate faces is provided.  The regexps can be written into the
current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
corresponding file is read.  There are commands to highlight matches
to phrases and to highlight entire lines containing a match.

*** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
Emacs is idle.

*** The new package tildify.el allows to add hard spaces or other text
fragments in accordance with the current major mode.

*** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.

*** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
be more robust while offering the same functionality.
`comment-region' now doesn't always comment a-line-at-a-time, but only
comments the region, breaking the line at point if necessary.

*** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
facilities tailored for use with C++.  It is documented in a
separate Texinfo file.

*** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or
by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS.  It comes with
`log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to
enter check-in log messages.

*** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
without invoking external programs.

The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does.  Unlike
`manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.

The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.

*** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.

The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
the regexp editor popping up in a separate window.  Matching text in
the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
single step.

On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
matching parens to make them stand out.  On such a setup you will
probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.

*** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable.  It works as glasses, without
actually modifying content of a buffer.

*** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
PostScript.

Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.

The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:

    ;           comment (until end of line)
    A           non-terminal
    "C"         terminal
    ?C?         special
    $A          default non-terminal
    $"C"        default terminal
    $?C?        default special
    A = B.      production (A is the header and B the body)
    C D         sequence (C occurs before D)
    C | D       alternative (C or D occurs)
    A - B       exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
    n * A       repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
    (C)         group (expression C is grouped together)
    [C]         optional (C may or not occurs)
    C+          one or more occurrences of C
    {C}+        one or more occurrences of C
    {C}*        zero or more occurrences of C
    {C}         zero or more occurrences of C
    C / D       equivalent to: C {D C}*
    {C || D}+   equivalent to: C {D C}*
    {C || D}*   equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
    {C || D}    equivalent to: [C {D C}*]

Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.

*** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
align.  Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
determine where the columns should be split.  In C and C++, for
example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
equal signs of assignments.

*** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.

*** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
list-buffers or electric-buffer-list.  Use M-x bs-show to display a
buffer menu with this package.  See the Custom group `bs'.

*** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.

*** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe.  Actually, it
is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
and can be customized easily to get many more functions.  It should
not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
which answers different needs.

*** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
suspicious C and C++ constructions.  Currently, assignments inside
expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
reference parameters are recognized.  The modes require font-lock mode
to be enabled.

*** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.

*** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.

*** hl-line.el provides `hl-line-mode', a minor mode to highlight the
current line in the current buffer.  It also provides
`global-hl-line-mode' to provide the same behavior in all buffers.

*** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.

Please note: if `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' and
`global-font-lock-mode' are non-nil, loading ansi-color.el will
disable font-lock and add `ansi-color-apply' to
`comint-preoutput-filter-functions' for all shell-mode buffers.  This
displays the output of "ls --color=yes" using the correct foreground
and background colors.

*** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
Pascal) language.

*** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
the text at point.

*** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.

*** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.

*** whitespace.el is a package for warning about and cleaning bogus
whitespace in a file.

*** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
(very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.

*** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.

Here is an example of columns:

horse   apple   bus
dog     pineapple       car     EXTRA
porcupine       strawberry      airplane

Doing the following settings:

   (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
   (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
   (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
   (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")


Selecting the lines above and typing:

   M-x delimit-columns-region

It results:

[ horse    , apple     , bus     ,       ]
[ dog      , pineapple , car     , EXTRA ]
[ porcupine, strawberry, airplane,       ]

delim-col has the following options:

   delimit-columns-str-before           Specify a string to be inserted
                                        before all columns.

   delimit-columns-str-separator        Specify a string to be inserted
                                        between each column.

   delimit-columns-str-after            Specify a string to be inserted
                                        after all columns.

   delimit-columns-separator            Specify a regexp which separates
                                        each column.

delim-col has the following commands:

   delimit-columns-region       Prettify all columns in a text region.
   delimit-columns-rectangle    Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.

*** Recentf mode maintains a menu for visiting files that were
operated on recently.  User option recentf-menu-filter specifies a
menu filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the
recent file list can be displayed:

- organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
- sorted by file paths, file names, ascending or descending.
- showing paths relative to the current default-directory

The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
dynamically change the menu appearance.

*** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
text.

*** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
of footnotes.  It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
specific to Message mode.

*** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
viewing/editing context diffs (patches).  It is selected for files
with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.

*** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
interface to access directory servers using different directory
protocols.  It has a separate manual.

*** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
for Autoconf, selected automatically.

*** windmove.el provides moving between windows.

*** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
minibuffer with completion.

*** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
with the diary features.

*** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.

*** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
Fill mode.

*** pcomplete.el is a library that provides programmable completion
facilities for Emacs, similar to what zsh and tcsh offer.  The main
difference is that completion functions are written in Lisp, meaning
they can be profiled, debugged, etc.

*** antlr-mode is a new major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
It is automatically turned on for files whose names have the extension
`.g'.

** Changes in sort.el

The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal.  The
new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
numeric base.

** Changes to Ange-ftp

*** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
names cleanly.  It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'.  (This syntax comes from EFS.)

*** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.

*** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
output ^M at the end of lines.

** The recommended way of using Iswitchb is via the new global minor
mode `iswitchb-mode'.

** Just loading the msb package doesn't switch on Msb mode anymore.
If you have `(require 'msb)' in your .emacs, please replace it with
`(msb-mode 1)'.

** Flyspell mode has various new options.  See the `flyspell' Custom
group.

** The user option `backward-delete-char-untabify-method' controls the
behavior of `backward-delete-char-untabify'.  The following values
are recognized:

`untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space;
`hungry'   -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces;
`all'      -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines;
nil        -- just delete one character.

Default value is `untabify'.

[This change was made in Emacs 20.3 but not mentioned then.]

** In Cperl mode `cperl-invalid-face' should now be a normal face
symbol, not double-quoted.

** Some packages are declared obsolete, to be removed in a future
version.  They are:  auto-show, c-mode, hilit19, hscroll, ooutline,
profile, rnews, rnewspost, and sc.  Their implementations have been
moved to lisp/obsolete.

** auto-compression mode is no longer enabled just by loading jka-compr.el.
To control it, set `auto-compression-mode' via Custom or use the
`auto-compression-mode' command.

** `browse-url-gnome-moz' is a new option for
`browse-url-browser-function', invoking Mozilla in GNOME, and
`browse-url-kde' can be chosen for invoking the KDE browser.

** The user-option `browse-url-new-window-p' has been renamed to
`browse-url-new-window-flag'.

** The functions `keep-lines', `flush-lines' and `how-many' now
operate on the active region in Transient Mark mode.

** `gnus-user-agent' is a new possibility for `mail-user-agent'.  It
is like `message-user-agent', but with all the Gnus paraphernalia.

** The Strokes package has been updated.  If your Emacs has XPM
support, you can use it for pictographic editing.  In Strokes mode,
use C-mouse-2 to compose a complex stoke and insert it into the
buffer.  You can encode or decode a strokes buffer with new commands
M-x strokes-encode-buffer and M-x strokes-decode-buffer.  There is a
new command M-x strokes-list-strokes.

** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.

** Hexl mode allows to insert non-ASCII characters.

The non-ASCII characters are encoded using the same encoding as the
file you are visiting in Hexl mode.

** Shell script mode changes.

Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
derived from sh and rc.  The indentation style is customizable, and
sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.

** Etags changes.

*** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.

*** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex.  It is now
possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
{lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
a regular expression.  The manual contains details.

*** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
declarations when given the --declarations option.

*** In C++, tags are created for "operator".  The tags have the form
"operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.

*** You shouldn't generally need any more the -C or -c++ option: etags
automatically switches to C++ parsing when it meets the `class' or
`template' keywords.

*** Etags now is able to delve at arbitrary deeps into nested structures in
C-like languages.  Previously, it was limited to one or two brace levels.

*** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
types.

*** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.

*** In Java, tags are created for "interface".

*** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
are now tagged.

*** In makefiles, tags the targets.

*** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables.  my and local
variables are tagged.

*** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.

*** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
for PSWrap.

** Changes in etags.el

*** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive.  The default
is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.

*** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.

If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
FUNCTION TO-SEARCH).  For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it.  TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
obarray, or symbol.  If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.

TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.

FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
List buffer.  It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.

A useful example value for this variable might be something like:

  '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
    ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
    ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))

*** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.

*** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.

*** You can now search for tags that are part of the filename itself.
If you have tagged the files topfile.c subdir/subfile.c
/tmp/tempfile.c, you can now search for tags "topfile.c", "subfile.c",
"dir/sub", "tempfile", "tempfile.c".  If the tag matches the file name,
point will go to the beginning of the file.

*** Compressed files are now transparently supported if
auto-compression-mode is active.  You can tag (with Etags) and search
(with find-tag) both compressed and uncompressed files.

*** Tags commands like M-x tags-search no longer change point
in buffers where no match is found.  In buffers where a match is
found, the original value of point is pushed on the marker ring.

** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
remove text past column 72.  The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.

** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.

** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.

** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
containing a list of regular expressions.  Buffers matching a regular
expression from that list, are not checked.

** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
When you do C-x C-f /user@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
the buffer, just like for the local files.

** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.

** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
displays local abbrevs, only.

** Refill minor mode provides preliminary support for keeping
paragraphs filled as you modify them.

** The variable `double-click-fuzz' specifies how much the mouse
may be moved between clicks that are recognized as a pair.  Its value
is measured in pixels.

** The new global minor mode `auto-image-file-mode' allows image files
to be visited as images.

** Two new user-options `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'
were added to compile.el.

** Withdrawn packages

*** mldrag.el has been removed.  mouse.el provides the same
functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.

*** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.

*** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.

\f
* Incompatible Lisp changes

There are a few Lisp changes which are not backwards-compatible and
may require changes to existing code. Here is a list for reference.
See the sections below for details.

** Since `format' preserves text properties, the idiom
`(format "%s" foo)' no longer works to copy and remove properties.
Use `copy-sequence' to copy the string, then use `set-text-properties'
to remove the properties of the copy.

** Since the `keymap' text property now has significance, some code
which uses both `local-map' and `keymap' properties (for portability)
may, for instance, give rise to duplicate menus when the keymaps from
these properties are active.

** The change in the treatment of non-ASCII characters in search
ranges may affect some code.

** A non-nil value for the LOCAL arg of add-hook makes the hook
buffer-local even if `make-local-hook' hasn't been called, which might
make a difference to some code.

** The new treatment of the minibuffer prompt might affect code which
operates on the minibuffer.

** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
cause `no-conversion' and `emacs-mule-unix' coding systems to produce
different results when reading files with non-ASCII characters
(previously, both coding systems would produce the same results).
Specifically, `no-conversion' interprets each 8-bit byte as a separate
character.  This makes `no-conversion' inappropriate for reading
multibyte text, e.g. buffers written to disk in their internal MULE
encoding (auto-saving does that, for example).  If a Lisp program
reads such files with `no-conversion', each byte of the multibyte
sequence, including the MULE leading codes such as \201, is treated as
a separate character, which prevents them from being interpreted in
the buffer as multibyte characters.

Therefore, Lisp programs that read files which contain the internal
MULE encoding should use `emacs-mule-unix'.  `no-conversion' is only
appropriate for reading truly binary files.

** Code that relies on the obsolete `before-change-function' and
`after-change-function' to detect buffer changes will now fail.  Use
`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions' instead.

** Code that uses `concat' with integer args now gets an error, as
long promised.  So does any code that uses derivatives of `concat',
such as `mapconcat'.

** The function base64-decode-string now always returns a unibyte
string.

** Not a Lisp incompatibility as such but, with the introduction of
extra private charsets, there is now only one slot free for a new
dimension-2 private charset.  User code which tries to add more than
one extra will fail unless you rebuild Emacs with some standard
charset(s) removed; that is probably inadvisable because it changes
the emacs-mule encoding.  Also, files stored in the emacs-mule
encoding using Emacs 20 with additional private charsets defined will
probably not be read correctly by Emacs 21.

** The variable `directory-sep-char' is slated for removal.
Not really a change (yet), but a projected one that you should be
aware of: The variable `directory-sep-char' is deprecated, and should
not be used.  It was always ignored on GNU/Linux and Unix systems and
on MS-DOS, but the MS-Windows port tried to support it by adapting the
behavior of certain primitives to the value of this variable.  It
turned out that such support cannot be reliable, so it was decided to
remove this variable in the near future.  Lisp programs are well
advised not to set it to anything but '/', because any different value
will not have any effect when support for this variable is removed.

\f
* Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
(Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)

** Function assq-delete-all replaces function assoc-delete-all.

** The new function animate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el
allows the animated display of strings.

** The new function `interactive-form' can be used to obtain the
interactive form of a function.

** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
between custom options.  Example:

  (defcustom default-input-method nil
    "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
  This is the input method activated automatically by the command
  `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
    :group 'mule
    :type '(choice (const nil) string)
    :set-after '(current-language-environment))

This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
first in a custom-set-variables statement.

** The new hook `kbd-macro-termination-hook' is run at the end of
function execute-kbd-macro.  Functions on this hook are called with no
args.  The hook is run independent of how the macro was terminated
(signal or normal termination).

** Functions `butlast' and `nbutlast' for removing trailing elements
from a list are now available without requiring the CL package.

** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.

** The user-option `face-font-registry-alternatives' specifies
alternative font registry names to try when looking for a font.

** Function `md5' calculates the MD5 "message digest"/"checksum".

** Function `delete-frame' runs `delete-frame-hook' before actually
deleting the frame.  The hook is called with one arg, the frame
being deleted.

** `add-hook' now makes the hook local if called with a non-nil LOCAL arg.

** The treatment of non-ASCII characters in search ranges has changed.
If a range in a regular expression or the arg of
skip-chars-forward/backward starts with a unibyte character C and ends
with a multibyte character C2, the range is divided into two: one is
C..?\377, the other is C1..C2, where C1 is the first character of C2's
charset.

** The new function `display-message-or-buffer' displays a message in
the echo area or pops up a buffer, depending on the length of the
message.

** The new macro `with-auto-compression-mode' allows evaluating an
expression with auto-compression-mode enabled.

** In image specifications, `:heuristic-mask' has been replaced
with the more general `:mask' property.

** Image specifications accept more `:conversion's.

** A `?' can be used in a symbol name without escaping it with a
backslash.

** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
is running in batch mode.  For example,

  (message "%s" (read t))

will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
to standard output.

** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list',
`kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional.

** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
frame or window.

** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
were added

- Function: remove ELT SEQ

Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed.  SEQ must be
a list, vector, or string.  The comparison is done with `equal'.

- Function: remq ELT LIST

Return a copy of LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed.  The
comparison is done with `eq'.

** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.

** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
has been changed: WEAK can now have new values `key-or-value' and
`key-and-value', in addition to `nil', `key', `value', and `t'.

** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string".  It may
convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.

** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.

** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
function was declared obsolete.

** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
retained as an alias).

** Easy-menu's :filter now takes the unconverted form of the menu and
the result is automatically converted to Emacs' form.

** The new function `window-list' has been defined

- Function: window-list &optional FRAME WINDOW MINIBUF

Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW.  FRAME nil or
omitted means use the selected frame.  WINDOW nil or omitted means use
the selected window.  MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window,
even if it isn't active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the
minibuffer window only if it's active.  MINIBUF neither nil nor t
means never include the minibuffer window.

** There's a new function `get-window-with-predicate' defined as follows

- Function: get-window-with-predicate PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT

Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.

This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
calling PREDICATE on each one.  PREDICATE is called with a window as
argument.  The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
value is returned.  If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
returned.

Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
if not active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
it is active.  MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
minibuffer even if it is active.

Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
too.  Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
`walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.

ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.

** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
event names in angle brackets.  When called with a second optional
argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.

** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
Default value is nil.

** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
meaning no limit.

** The new user option `line-number-display-limit-width' controls
the maximum width of lines in a buffer for which Emacs displays line
numbers in the mode line.  The default is 200.

** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,

** The function `subr-arity' provides information about the argument
list of a primitive.

** `where-is-internal' now also accepts a list of keymaps.

** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
than replacing the local map.

** The obsolete variables `before-change-function' and
`after-change-function' are no longer acted upon and have been
removed.  Use `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions'
instead.

** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.

** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments,
as promised long ago.

** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.

** The new variable auto-coding-regexp-alist specifies coding systems
for reading specific files, analogous to auto-coding-alist, but
patterns are checked against file contents instead of file names.

\f
* Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)

** The new package rx.el provides an alternative sexp notation for
regular expressions.

- Function: rx-to-string SEXP

Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.

- Macro: rx SEXP

Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.

The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
notation.

STRING
     matches string STRING literally.

CHAR
     matches character CHAR literally.

`not-newline'
     matches any character except a newline.
                        .
`anything'
     matches any character

`(any SET)'
     matches any character in SET.  SET may be a character or string.
     Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.

'(in SET)'
     like `any'.

`(not (any SET))'
     matches any character not in SET

`line-start'
     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
     in the text being matched

`line-end'
     is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line

`string-start'
     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
     string being matched against.

`string-end'
     matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
     string being matched against.

`buffer-start'
     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
     buffer being matched against.

`buffer-end'
     matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
     buffer being matched against.

`point'
     matches the empty string, but only at point.

`word-start'
     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
     word.

`word-end'
     matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.

`word-boundary'
     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
     word.

`(not word-boundary)'
     matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
     word.

`digit'
     matches 0 through 9.

`control'
     matches ASCII control characters.

`hex-digit'
     matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.

`blank'
     matches space and tab only.

`graphic'
     matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
     space, and DEL.

`printing'
     matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
     and DEL.

`alphanumeric'
     matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
     it matches anything that has word syntax.)

`letter'
     matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
     it matches anything that has word syntax.)

`ascii'
     matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.

`nonascii'
     matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.

`lower'
     matches anything lower-case.

`upper'
     matches anything upper-case.

`punctuation'
     matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
     it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)

`space'
     matches anything that has whitespace syntax.

`word'
     matches anything that has word syntax.

`(syntax SYNTAX)'
     matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
     of the following symbols.

     `whitespace'               (\\s- in string notation)
     `punctuation'              (\\s.)
     `word'                     (\\sw)
     `symbol'                   (\\s_)
     `open-parenthesis'         (\\s()
     `close-parenthesis'        (\\s))
     `expression-prefix'        (\\s')
     `string-quote'             (\\s\")
     `paired-delimiter'         (\\s$)
     `escape'                   (\\s\\)
     `character-quote'          (\\s/)
     `comment-start'            (\\s<)
     `comment-end'              (\\s>)

`(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
     matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.

`(category CATEGORY)'
     matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
     either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.

     `consonant'                        (\\c0 in string notation)
     `base-vowel'                       (\\c1)
     `upper-diacritical-mark'           (\\c2)
     `lower-diacritical-mark'           (\\c3)
     `tone-mark'                        (\\c4)
     `symbol'                           (\\c5)
     `digit'                            (\\c6)
     `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
     `vowel-sign'                       (\\c8)
     `semivowel-lower'                  (\\c9)
     `not-at-end-of-line'               (\\c<)
     `not-at-beginning-of-line'         (\\c>)
     `alpha-numeric-two-byte'           (\\cA)
     `chinse-two-byte'                  (\\cC)
     `greek-two-byte'                   (\\cG)
     `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'       (\\cH)
     `indian-two-byte'                  (\\cI)
     `japanese-katakana-two-byte'       (\\cK)
     `korean-hangul-two-byte'           (\\cN)
     `cyrillic-two-byte'                (\\cY)
     `ascii'                            (\\ca)
     `arabic'                           (\\cb)
     `chinese'                          (\\cc)
     `ethiopic'                         (\\ce)
     `greek'                            (\\cg)
     `korean'                           (\\ch)
     `indian'                           (\\ci)
     `japanese'                         (\\cj)
     `japanese-katakana'                (\\ck)
     `latin'                            (\\cl)
     `lao'                              (\\co)
     `tibetan'                          (\\cq)
     `japanese-roman'                   (\\cr)
     `thai'                             (\\ct)
     `vietnamese'                       (\\cv)
     `hebrew'                           (\\cw)
     `cyrillic'                         (\\cy)
     `can-break'                        (\\c|)

`(not (category CATEGORY))'
     matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.

`(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
     matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.

`(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
     like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
     `match-beginning', and `match-string'.

`(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
     another name for `submatch'.

`(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
     matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
     args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
     regular expression.

`(minimal-match SEXP)'
     produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
     zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
     match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
     still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.

`(maximal-match SEXP)'
     produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.

`(zero-or-more SEXP)'
     matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.

`(0+ SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-more'.

`(* SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.

`(*? SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.

`(one-or-more SEXP)'
     matches one or more occurrences of A.

`(1+ SEXP)'
     like `one-or-more'.

`(+ SEXP)'
     like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.

`(+? SEXP)'
     like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.

`(zero-or-one SEXP)'
     matches zero or one occurrences of A.

`(optional SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-one'.

`(? SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.

`(?? SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.

`(repeat N SEXP)'
     matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.

`(repeat N M SEXP)'
     matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.

`(eval FORM)'
      evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
      `regexp-quote' it.

`(regexp REGEXP)'
      include REGEXP in string notation in the result.

*** The features `md5' and `overlay' are now provided by default.

*** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the
buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside
the original restriction.  Previously, doing this would cause the saved
restriction to be restored incorrectly.

*** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
`eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
when they find 8-bit characters.  Previously, they included `ascii' in a
multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.

*** The functions `set-buffer-multibyte', `string-as-multibyte' and
`string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer or a string
if it contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.

*** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
changed.  Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
[\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+.  Thus, if
the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions.  Now such extra
bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
eight-bit-graphic.

** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.

A fontset can now be specified for each independent character, for
a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
character set as previously.

*** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME.  The function
modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.

CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
characters.  In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
range FROM and TO (inclusive).  CHARACTER may be a charset.  In that
case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.

FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
name of a font and REGISTRY is a registry name of a font.

*** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted.  The default charset
registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
"fontset-default".

*** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
argument STYLE-VARIANT.  It never creates style-variant fontsets.

** The method of composing characters is changed.  Now character
composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
buffers and strings.

*** Charset composition is deleted.  Emacs never creates a `composite
character' which is an independent character with a unique character
code.  Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
have been deleted: composite-char-component,
composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
also been deleted.

*** Three more glyph reference points are added.  They can be used to
specify a composition rule.  See the documentation of the variable
`reference-point-alist' for more detail.

*** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
MODIFICATION-FUNC.  With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
composition rule but also characters to be composed.  Such characters
may differ between buffer and string text.

*** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC.

*** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
`composition' from STRING.

*** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.

*** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
obsolete.

** The new coding system `mac-roman' is primarily intended for use on
the Macintosh but may be used generally for Macintosh-encoded text.

** The new character sets `mule-unicode-0100-24ff',
`mule-unicode-2500-33ff', and `mule-unicode-e000-ffff' have been
introduced for Unicode characters in the range U+0100..U+24FF,
U+2500..U+33FF, U+E000..U+FFFF respectively.

Note that the character sets are not yet unified in Emacs, so
characters which belong to charsets such as Latin-2, Greek, Hebrew,
etc. and the same characters in the `mule-unicode-*' charsets are
different characters, as far as Emacs is concerned.  For example, text
which includes Unicode characters from the Latin-2 locale cannot be
encoded by Emacs with ISO 8859-2 coding system.

** The new coding system `mule-utf-8' has been added.
It provides limited support for decoding/encoding UTF-8 text.  For
details, please see the documentation string of this coding system.

** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
`japanese-jisx0213-2' have been introduced for the new Japanese
standard JIS X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.

** The new character sets `latin-iso8859-14' and `latin-iso8859-15'
have been introduced.

** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
have been introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
0xA0..0xFF respectively.  Note that the multibyte representation of
eight-bit-control is never exposed; this leads to an exception in the
emacs-mule coding system, which encodes everything else to the
buffer/string internal representation.  Note that to search for
eight-bit-graphic characters in a multibyte buffer, the search string
must be multibyte, otherwise such characters will be converted to
their multibyte equivalent.

** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
that offset in the file before writing.

** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).

** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
`*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
from which the command was issued.

** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
`query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
`replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
operate on.

** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
to `window-buffer-height'.

- Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW

Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.

Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
respectively.

If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument
COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.

The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.

Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
is currently displayed in some window.

** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
argument function's results.

** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails.  Also,
`base64-decode-string' now always returns a unibyte string (in Emacs
20, it returned a multibyte string when the result was a valid multibyte
sequence).

** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
header in the list of headers passed to it.

** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
ignores differences in case and text representation.

** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer.  Values are interpreted
as follows:

  t             use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
  nil           don't display a cursor
  `bar'         display a bar cursor with default width
  (bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
  others        display a box cursor.

** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
defun.  If set, the default, it is considered a defun start.  If not
set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.

** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.

Example:

  (string-to-syntax "()")
    => (4 . 41)

** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
other than 10.

*** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
INTEGER optionally contains a sign.

  #b1111
    => 15
  #b-1111
    => -15

*** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).

  #o666
    => 438

*** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).

  #xbeef
    => 48815

*** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.

  #2R-111
    => -7
  #25rah
    => 267

** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
and isn't a string.

** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
a `function-documentation' property of that symbol.  If it has a non-nil
value, the documentation is taken from that value.  If the value is
not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.

** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.

** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
for a regexp in a string.

** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
`mouse-position-function'.

** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
that don't fit into a Lisp integer.

** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
Keywords are now always considered constants.

** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
returns it.

** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
returned by function `recent-keys'.

** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding C-M-a
etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
mode.

** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.

** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not.  If it
returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
been performed."

When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
then the self-inserting character is not inserted.

** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
and the function's value is nil if it is not found.

** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
specified table.

  (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)

Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
TABLE.  The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit.  Value is
what BODY returns.

** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
Also back-references like \2 are now considered as an error if the
corresponding subgroup does not exist (or is not closed yet).
Previously it would have been silently turned into `2' (ignoring the `\').

** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
removed since it wasn't used by anything.

** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
instead of being optional.

** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
modify read-only text.

** New functions and variables for locales.

The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
time functions like strftime.  The new variables
`system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.

The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
environment variables.  Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
not be invoked thereafter.  It uses the new variables
`locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
`locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.

** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
start sequences.

** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.

** New function `propertize'

The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
strings with text properties.

- Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES

Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
by PROPERTIES.  PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
specified value of that property.  Example:

  (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)

** push and pop macros.

Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
are now defined in Emacs Lisp.  These macros allow only symbols
as the place that holds the list to be changed.

(push NEWELT LISTNAME)  add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
(pop LISTNAME)          return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
                        (thus altering the value of LISTNAME).

** New dolist and dotimes macros.

Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
are now defined in Emacs Lisp.

(dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
      Execute body once for each element of LIST,
      using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
      Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.

(dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
      Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
      inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
      Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.

** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such as
[:alpha:], [:space:] and so on.  These must be used within a character
class--for instance, [-[:digit:].+] matches digits or a period
or a sign.

[:digit:]  matches 0 through 9
[:cntrl:]  matches ASCII control characters
[:xdigit:]  matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
[:blank:]  matches space and tab only
[:graph:]  matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
           space, and DEL.
[:print:]  matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
           and DEL.
[:alnum:]  matches letters and digits.
           (But at present, for multibyte characters,
            it matches anything that has word syntax.)
[:alpha:]  matches letters.
           (But at present, for multibyte characters,
            it matches anything that has word syntax.)
[:ascii:]  matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
[:nonascii:]  matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
[:lower:]  matches anything lower-case.
[:punct:]  matches punctuation.
           (But at present, for multibyte characters,
            it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
[:space:]  matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
[:upper:]  matches anything upper-case.
[:word:]   matches anything that has word syntax.

** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.

The following functions are defined for hash tables:

- Function: make-hash-table ARGS

The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs.  All arguments
are optional.  The following arguments are defined:

:test TEST

TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys.  Default is `eql'.
Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'.  If TEST is not predefined,
it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.

:size SIZE

SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
many elements will be put in the hash table.  Default size is 65.

:rehash-size REHASH-SIZE

REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
full.  If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
size to get the new size.  Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
old size.  Default rehash size is 1.5.

:rehash-threshold THRESHOLD

THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
hash table.  It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
(size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD.  Default threshold is 0.8.

:weakness WEAK

WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
`key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
`key-and-value'.  Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
outside of the hash table.  Default are non-weak hash tables.

- Function: makehash &optional TEST

Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.

- Function: hash-table-p TABLE

Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.

- Function: copy-hash-table TABLE

Returns a copy of TABLE.  Only the table itself is copied, keys and
values are shared.

- Function: hash-table-count TABLE

Returns the number of entries in TABLE.

- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE

Returns the rehash size of TABLE.

- Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE

Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.

- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE

Returns the size of TABLE.

- Function: hash-table-test TABLE

Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.

- Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE

Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.

- Function: clrhash TABLE

Clear TABLE.

- Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT

Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
not found.

- Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE

Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE.  If KEY is already associated with
another value, replace the old value with VALUE.

- Function: remhash KEY TABLE

Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.

- Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE

Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE.  FUNCTION must take two
arguments KEY and VALUE.

- Function: sxhash OBJ

Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.

- Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN

Define a new hash table test named NAME.  If NAME is specified as
a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys.  Test
and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).

TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.

HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
code of the argument.  The function should use the whole range of
integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.

Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
be strings that are compared case-insensitively.

  (defun case-fold-string= (a b)
    (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))

  (defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
    (sxhash (upcase a)))

  (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
                          'case-fold-string-hash))

  (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)

** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.

It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
circular structures.  For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
a cons cell which is its own cdr.

** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.

If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
#N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.

** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
is too short to reach that column.

** perform-replace has a new feature:  the REPLACEMENTS argument may
now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA).  This means to call FUNCTION
after each match to get the replacement text.  FUNCTION is called with
two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.

If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.

** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
to specify which buffer to return the size of.

** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
calendar-move-hook after moving point.

** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
small.  (Certain Emacs features use this directory.)  If
small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
temporary-file-directory instead.

** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
the hooks that track changes in the buffer.  This affects
`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.

** assq-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
elements of an alist which have a car `eq' to a particular value.

** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.

make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
creates the file before it returns.  This prevents a timing error,
ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.

** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'

The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW.  If non-nil, it insists
on a check for an existing file with the same name.  If MUSTBENEW
is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.

If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
to get an error if the file exists at that time.
The error reported is `file-already-exists'.

** Function `format' now handles text properties.

Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
result string.

Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
string where arguments appear in the result string.

Example:

  (let ((s1 "hello, %s")
        (s2 "world"))
     (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
     (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
     (format s1 s2))

results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.

** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.

Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
argument in it.

  (let ((msg "hello, %s!")
        (arg "world"))
     (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
     (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
     (message msg arg))

** Sound support

Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
(Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).

Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
(*.au).  You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
to enable sound support.

Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND).  SOUND is a
list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'.  The function is only defined
when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs.  The
functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
sound to play, before playing the sound.

The following sound properties are supported:

- `:file FILE'

FILE is a file name.  If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
searched relative to `data-directory'.

- `:data DATA'

DATA is a string containing sound data.  Either :file or :data
may be present, but not both.

- `:volume VOLUME'

VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
0..1.  This property is optional.

- `:device DEVICE'

DEVICE is a string specifying the system device on which to play the
sound.  The default device is system-dependent.

Other properties are ignored.

An alternative interface is called as
(play-sound-file FILE &optional VOLUME DEVICE).

** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.

** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
a keyword symbol.

** Changes to garbage collection

*** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
of live and free strings.

*** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
strings that have been consed so far.

\f
* Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
Lisp Manual

** The user-option `resize-mini-windows' controls how Emacs resizes
mini-windows.

** The function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now has a third optional
argument, PARTIALLY.  If a character is only partially visible, nil is
returned, unless PARTIALLY is non-nil.

** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used.

** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.

** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
image.

- Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME

Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).

SPEC is an image specification.  PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
font).  FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.

** The function `image-mask-p' can be used to determine if an image
has a mask bitmap.

- Function: image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME

Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap.
FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.  FRAME nil
or omitted means use the selected frame.

** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
satisfying one of a list of specifications.

** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
optional.

** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see
below).

\f
* New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1

** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.

Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
text in brighter colors.  On such a console, a bold black foreground
is displayed in a gray color.  If this turns out to be hard to read on
your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
just display it black instead.

This situation can't be detected automatically.  You will have to put
a line like

  (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)

in your `.emacs'.

** New face implementation.

Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch.  They don't use XLFD
font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.

*** New faces.

Each face can specify the following display attributes:

   1. Font family or fontset alias name.

   2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
   width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.

   3. Font height in 1/10pt

   4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.

   5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.

   6. Foreground color.

   7. Background color.

   8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.

   9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.

   10. A background stipple, a bitmap.

   11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.

   12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
   color.

   13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
   color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.

Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
frames.  Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
faces.  The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each of the face
attributes mentioned above.

There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'.  Face
definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
created frames.

A face doesn't have to specify all attributes.  Those not specified
have a nil value.  Faces specifying all attributes are called
`fully-specified'.

*** Face merging.

The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
combining several faces.  This process is called `face merging'.  Any
aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
properties is taken from the `default' face.  Since it is made sure
that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
results in a fully-specified face.

*** Face realization.

After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'.  The
realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
available on the system where Emacs runs.  The result is a `realized
face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
cache of the frame on which it was realized.

Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
for different charsets.  In other words, for characters of different
charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.

Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
being realized specifies a fontset.  The reason is that the result of
the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.

In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
`char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
0x7f.  The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
the variable `face-default-registry' in this case.  The variable is
initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
Emacs.

Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
`enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
registry and encoding `face-default-registry'.  This is consistent
with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.

**** Clearing face caches.

The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
on all frames.  If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
unused fonts.

*** Font selection.

Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
given (charset, face) combination.  This is done slightly differently
for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.

If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
pattern for fonts of the given charset.  If the face specifies a font
family, a font pattern is constructed.  Charset symbols have a
property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.

Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
against the font pattern.  The result of font selection is the best
match for the given face attributes in this font list.

Font selection can be influenced by the user.

The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
names.  The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.

Setting `face-font-family-alternatives' allows the user to specify
alternative font families to try if a family specified by a face
doesn't exist.

Setting `face-font-registry-alternatives' allows the user to specify
all alternative font registry names to try for a face specifying a
registry.

Please note that the interpretations of the above two variables are
slightly different.

Setting face-ignored-fonts allows the user to ignore specific fonts.


**** Scalable fonts

Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
servers.

To enable scalable font use, set the variable
`scalable-fonts-allowed'.  A value of nil, the default, means never use
scalable fonts.  A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions.  A
scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
that list.  Example:

  (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))

allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.

*** Functions and variables related to font selection.

- Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME

Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME.  If FAMILY
is omitted or nil, list all families.  Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.

If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.  Each element of
the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING].  FAMILY is the font family name.
POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt.  WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
These symbols are the same as for face attributes.  FIXED-P is non-nil
if the font is fixed-pitch.  FULL is the full name of the font, and
REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
the font.  The result list is sorted according to the current setting
of the face font sort order.

- Function: x-font-family-list

Return a list of available font families on FRAME.  If FRAME is
omitted or nil, use the selected frame.  Value is a list of conses
(FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.

- Variable: font-list-limit

Limit for font matching.  If an integer > 0, font matching functions
won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
matching font.  The default is currently 100.

*** Setting face attributes.

For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
with the old one.  Old face attribute related functions are now
implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
`face-attribute'.

Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
symbols.  All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.

The following attributes are recognized:

`:family'

VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
or a fontset alias name.  If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
and `?' are allowed.

`:width'

VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
`condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
`extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.

`:height'

VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.

`:weight'

VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use.  It must be one of the
symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
`semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.

`:slant'

VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use.  It must be one of the
symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
`reverse-oblique'.

`:foreground', `:background'

VALUE must be a color name, a string.

`:underline'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined.  If
VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is
a string, underline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly
don't underline.

`:overline'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined.  If
VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is a
string, overline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
overline.

`:strike-through'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
striking through them.  If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
face.  If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color.  If VALUE
is nil, explicitly don't strike through.

`:box'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
around them.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes.  If
VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
of the face.  If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1.  Otherwise,
VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
:color COLOR :style STYLE)'.  If a keyword/value pair is missing from
the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
specified below.  WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
defaults to 1.  COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
color of the face for 3D boxes.  STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
should be draw.  If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
like a released 3D button.  If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
that appears like a pressed button.  If STYLE is nil, the default if
the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
box.

`:inverse-video'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.

`:stipple'

If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
searched.  Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap.  VALUE nil means
explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.

For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:

`:font'

Set font-related face attributes from VALUE.  VALUE must be a valid
XLFD font name.  If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
versions of Emacs.

For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used.  VALUE
must be t or nil in that case.  A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."

Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
`defface'.

`:inherit'

VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
of face names.  Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.

*** Face attributes and X resources

The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
from X resources:

  Face attribute        X resource              class
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  :family               attributeFamily .       Face.AttributeFamily
  :width                attributeWidth          Face.AttributeWidth
  :height               attributeHeight         Face.AttributeHeight
  :weight               attributeWeight         Face.AttributeWeight
  :slant                attributeSlant          Face.AttributeSlant
   foreground           attributeForeground     Face.AttributeForeground
  :background           attributeBackground .   Face.AttributeBackground
  :overline             attributeOverline       Face.AttributeOverline
  :strike-through       attributeStrikeThrough  Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
  :box                  attributeBox            Face.AttributeBox
  :underline            attributeUnderline      Face.AttributeUnderline
  :inverse-video        attributeInverse        Face.AttributeInverse
  :stipple              attributeStipple        Face.AttributeStipple
        or              attributeBackgroundPixmap
                                                Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
  :font                 attributeFont           Face.AttributeFont
  :bold                 attributeBold           Face.AttributeBold
  :italic               attributeItalic .       Face.AttributeItalic
  :font                 attributeFont           Face.AttributeFont

*** Text property `face'.

The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
specification or a list of such specifications.  Each face
specification can be

1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.

2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
   KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
   for that attribute.  Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
   for face attribute names.

3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
   (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name.  This is
   for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.

** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.

The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
on TTY and MSDOS frames.  It maps a color name to a color number on
the terminal.  Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
default.  You can get defined colors with a call to
`defined-colors'.  The function `tty-color-clear' can be
used to clear the mapping table.

** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.

The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame.  On frames whose
type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
display.  Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
`x-display-color-p'.  (The old function names are still available for
compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.)  Lisp programs
should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
modify their color-related behavior.

The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
any frame type.

** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.

The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
`display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
`display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
`display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
`display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
`display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
display.  Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.

The new function `display-images-p' returns non-nil if a particular
display can display image files.

** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.

This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
To disallow this completely (like previous versions of emacs), customize
the variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', and turn on the
`Inviolable' option.

The function `minibuffer-prompt-end' returns the current position of the
end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
Otherwise, it returns `(point-min)'.

** New `field' abstraction in buffers.

There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
buffers.  A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
property (which can be a text property or an overlay).

Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
commands continue into the next field if repeated.  Stopping at field
boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
`inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
functions.

Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.

The following functions are defined for operating on fields:

- Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY

Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.

A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
constrained position if that is different.

If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
fields.  Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
also considered to be `on the boundary'.

If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
unconstrained.  This useful for commands that move by line, like
C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
only in the case where they can still move to the right line.

If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.

Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.

- Function: delete-field &optional POS

Delete the field surrounding POS.
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.

- Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE

Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.

- Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE

Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
then the end of the *following* field is returned.

- Function: field-string &optional POS

Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.

- Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS

Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.

** Image support.

Emacs can now display images.  Images are inserted into text by giving
strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
(AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE.  The display of the `display' property value
replaces the display of the characters having that property.

If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
`(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'.  If
AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
area.

IMAGE is an image specification.

*** Image specifications

Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols.  Each
specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'.  Properties not
described below are ignored.

The following is a list of properties all image types share.

`:ascent ASCENT'

ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
to use for its ascent.

If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.

If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
overlays that apply to the image.

`:margin MARGIN'

MARGIN must be either a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put
as margin around the image, or a pair (X . Y) with X specifying the
horizontal margin and Y specifying the vertical margin.  Default is 0.

`:relief RELIEF'

RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces.  Puts a relief
around an image.

`:conversion ALGO'

Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it.

ALGO `laplace' or `emboss' means apply a Laplace or ``emboss''
edge-detection algorithm to the image.

ALGO `(edge-detection :matrix MATRIX :color-adjust ADJUST)' means
apply a general edge-detection algorithm.  MATRIX must be either a
nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers.  A pixel at
position x/y in the transformed image is computed from original pixels
around that position.  MATRIX specifies, for each pixel in the
neighborhood of x/y, a factor with which that pixel will influence the
transformed pixel; element 0 specifies the factor for the pixel at
x-1/y-1, element 1 the factor for the pixel at x/y-1 etc. as shown
below.

  (x-1/y-1  x/y-1  x+1/y-1
   x-1/y    x/y    x+1/y
   x-1/y+1  x/y+1  x+1/y+1)

The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color
resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels,
multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum
of the factors' absolute values.

Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of

  (1  0  0
   0  0  0
   9  9 -1)

Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of

  ( 2 -1  0
   -1  0  1
    0  1 -2)

ALGO `disabled' means transform the image so that it looks
``disabled''.

`:mask MASK'

If MASK is `heuristic' or `(heuristic BG)', build a clipping mask for
the image, so that the background of a frame is visible behind the
image.  If BG is not specified, or if BG is t, determine the
background color of the image by looking at the 4 corners of the
image, assuming the most frequently occurring color from the corners is
the background color of the image.  Otherwise, BG must be a list `(RED
GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the background of the
image.

If MASK is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one.  Images
in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying
`:mask nil'.

`:file FILE'

Load image from FILE.  If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
search for the image in `data-directory'.  Some image types support
building images from data.  When this is done, no `:file' property
may be present in the image specification.

`:data DATA'

Get image data from DATA.  (As of this writing, this is not yet
supported for image type `postscript').  Either :file or :data may be
present in an image specification, but not both.  All image types
support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.

*** Supported image types

**** XBM, image type `xbm'.

XBM images don't require an external library.  Additional image
properties supported are:

`:foreground FG'

FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground color.

`:background BG'

BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's background color.

XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file.  In this
case, the image specification must contain the following properties
instead of a `:file' property.

`:width WIDTH'

WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.

`:height HEIGHT'

HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.

`:data DATA'

DATA must be either

   1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
   have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT

   2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT

   3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
   bitmap.

   4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file.  Neither width nor
   height may be specified in this case because these are defined
   in the file.

**** XPM, image type `xpm'

XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
`xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later.  Make sure the library is
found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
`--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.

Additional image properties supported are:

`:color-symbols SYMBOLS'

SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
name.

XPM images can be built from memory instead of files.  In that case,
add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.

The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
to display compressed images.

**** PBM, image type `pbm'

PBM images don't require an external library.  Color, gray-scale and
mono images are supported.  Additional image properties supported for
mono images are:

`:foreground FG'

FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground color.

`:background FG'

BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's background color.

**** JPEG, image type `jpeg'

Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
properties defined.

**** TIFF, image type `tiff'

Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
properties defined.

**** GIF, image type `gif'

Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
`libungif-4.1.0', or later.

Additional image properties supported are:

`:index INDEX'

INDEX must be an integer >= 0.  Load image number INDEX from a
multi-image GIF file.  If INDEX is too large, the image displays
as a hollow box.

This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
every 0.1 seconds.

(defun show-anim (file max)
  "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
  (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))

(defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
  (when (= idx max)
    (setq idx 0))
  (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
    (save-excursion
      (set-buffer buffer)
      (goto-char (point-min))
      (unless first-time (delete-char 1))
      (insert-image img "x"))
    (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))

**** PNG, image type `png'

Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
properties defined.

**** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.

Additional image properties supported are:

`:pt-width WIDTH'

WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch).  WIDTH must be an
integer.  This is a required property.

`:pt-height HEIGHT'

HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch).  HEIGHT
must be a integer.  This is an required property.

`:bounding-box BOX'

BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
files.  This is an required property.

Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp.  See
lisp/gs.el.

*** Lisp interface.

The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
which are supported in the current configuration.

Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
manually.  Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
images with `equal' specifications share the same image.

*** Simplified image API, image.el

The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
creation and putting images into text.  The function `create-image'
can be used to create images.  The macro `defimage' can be used to
define an image based on available image types.  The functions
`put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
buffer.

** Display margins.

Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
and images.

To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
`left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
`set-window-margins'.  The function `window-margins' can be used to
obtain the current settings.  To make `left-margin-width' and
`right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
of the display margins.

You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil.  VALUE can be either a
string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
in this file).

** Help display

Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
`help-echo'.  This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
that have a `help-echo' property.

If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION.  WINDOW is
the window in which the help was found.

If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
`help-echo' text property was found.

If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.

If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
mouse.

If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.

For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
determine the help to display.  If their definition contains a
property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
used as help string.

The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
the help string differently.  For example, enabling a tooltip window
causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.

** Vertical fractional scrolling.

The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.

The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
scrolling value.  Here is an example of how these function might be
used.

  (global-set-key [A-down]
    #'(lambda ()
        (interactive)
        (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
                            (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
  (global-set-key [A-up]
    #'(lambda ()
        (interactive)
        (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
                            (- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))

** New hook `fontification-functions'.

Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified.  This
variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.  Each function
is called with one argument, POS.

At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
characters starting at POS in the current buffer.  It should mark them
as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
property.  It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
`fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.

** Tool bar support.

Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X.  The frame
parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar.  A zero value
suppresses the tool bar.  If the value is non-zero and
`auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.

*** Tool bar item definitions

Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
`tool-bar'.  For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.

CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
evaluated to get a string.  The caption is currently not displayed in
the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
property (see below).

BINDING is the tool bar item's binding.  Tool bar items with keymaps as
binding are currently ignored.

The following properties are recognized:

`:enable FORM'.

FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
or disabled.

`:visible FORM'

FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.

`:filter FUNCTION'

FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
FUNCTION is specified as the filter.  The value FUNCTION returns is
used instead of BINDING to display this item.

`:button (TYPE SELECTED)'

TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'.  SELECTED is evaluated
and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.

`:image IMAGES'

IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
image specifications.  If it is a vector, this table lists the
meaning of each of the four elements:

   Index        Use when item is
   ----------------------------------------
     0          enabled and selected
     1          enabled and deselected
     2          disabled and selected
     3          disabled and deselected

If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.

`:help HELP-STRING'.

Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item.  This help
is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.

The function `toolbar-add-item' is a convenience function for adding
toolbar items generally, and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' can be used
to define a toolbar item with a binding copied from an item on the
menu bar.

The default bindings use a menu-item :filter to derive the tool-bar
dynamically from variable `tool-bar-map' which may be set
buffer-locally to override the global map.

*** Tool-bar-related variables.

If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
resize to show all defined tool bar items.  It will never grow larger
than 1/4 of the frame's size.

If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
raised when the mouse moves over them.

You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
`tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
pixels, or a pair of integers (X . Y) specifying horizontal and
vertical margins .  Default is 1.

You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
`tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer.  Default is 3.

*** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.

You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
a tool bar item.  If

  (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
    '(menu-item "Shell" shell
                :image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))

is the original tool bar item definition, then

  (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)

makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
item.

** Mode line changes.

*** Mouse-sensitive mode line.

The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
that have a `local-map' text property.  There are three ways to display
a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.

1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
a `local-map' text property.

2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
that format specifier has a `local-map' property.

3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'.  FORM
is evaluated.  If the result is a string, and that string has a
`local-map' property.

The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
properties of strings in the mode line.  See `bindings.el' for an
example.

*** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.

*** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
variable mode-line-format to nil.

*** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.

This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
`header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
`default-mode-line-format'.  A value of nil means don't display a top
line.

The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
`header-line'.

The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
position in the header-line.

** Text property `display'

The `display' text property is used to insert images into text,
replace text with other text, display text in marginal area, and it is
also used to control other aspects of how text displays.  The value of
the `display' property should be a display specification, as described
below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.

*** Replacing text, displaying text in marginal areas

To replace the text having the `display' property with some other
text, use a display specification of the form `(LOCATION STRING)'.

If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)', STRING is displayed in the left
marginal area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in
the right marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' STRING
is displayed in the text.  In the latter case you can also use the
simpler form STRING as property value.

*** Variable width and height spaces

To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'.  If LOCATION is
`(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
displayed in the text.  In the latter case you can also use the
simpler form STRETCH as property value.

The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
properties described below.

The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
characters having the `display' property.

- :width WIDTH

Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
character width.  WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.

- :relative-width FACTOR

Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
same `display' property.  The computation is done by multiplying the
width of that character by FACTOR.

- :align-to HPOS

Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS.  The
value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.

Exactly one of the above properties should be used.

- :height HEIGHT

Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
normal line height.

- :relative-height FACTOR

The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.

- :ascent ASCENT

Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
baseline.  The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
equal to 100.

You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.

*** Images

A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
. IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification.  The image replaces,
in the display, the characters having this display specification in
their `display' text property.  If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
`(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
the text.  In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
as display specification.

*** Other display properties

- (space-width FACTOR)

Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
integer or float.

- (height HEIGHT)

Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.

If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
means to use a font that is N steps larger.  If HEIGHT is a list of
the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller.  A
``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
a font is available counts as a step.

If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
as tall as the frame's default font.

If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
height as argument.  The function should return the new height to use.

Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
`height' bound to the current specified font height.

- (raise FACTOR)

FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
font's height.  If it is positive, that means to display the characters
raised.  If it is negative, that means to display them lower down.  The
amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
`height' subproperty.

*** Conditional display properties

All display specifications can be conditionalized.  If a specification
has the form `(when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC applies
only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated.  During the
evaluation, `object' is bound to the string or buffer having the
conditional display property; `position' and `buffer-position' are
bound to the position within `object' and the buffer position where
the display property was found, respectively.  Both positions can be
different when object is a string.

The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
`(when t . SPEC)'.

** New menu separator types.

Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type.  Menu items with
item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
treated like before.  In addition, the following item names are used
to specify other menu separator types.

- `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'

No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
separator occurs.

- `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'

A single line in the menu's foreground color.

- `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'

A double line in the menu's foreground color.

- `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'

A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.

- `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'

A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.

- `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'

A single line with 3D sunken appearance.  This is the form
displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.

- `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'

A single line with 3D raised appearance.

- `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'

A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.

- `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'

A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.

- `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'

Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.

- `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'

Two lines with 3D raised appearance.

- `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'

Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.

- `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'

Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.

Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
the corresponding single-line separators.

** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.

The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
`scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
that scroll bars should use a default color.  For toolkit scroll bars,
default colors are toolkit specific.  For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
default background is the background color of the frame, and the
default foreground is black.

The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
(class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
`ScrollBarBackground').

Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
settings for scroll bar colors.

** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.

** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
starts on a continuation line.  The new window start is computed based
on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
the original window start.

** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
`hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.

** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.

A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
`window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil.  A value of `height' makes
windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.

The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
fixed-width and fixed-height.

  (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)

A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height.  To
change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
temporarily to nil, for example

  (let ((window-size-fixed nil))
     (enlarge-window 10))

Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.

** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
terminals.  When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
to a solid box, as it does on Unix.  The `cursor-type' frame parameter
overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
support a vertical-bar cursor).


\f
* Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes

** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
input.

** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.

** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.

** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
only for character input, but also in incremental search.  The
exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
(e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
(e.g. iso-2022-jp).  They are ignored in incremental search.

** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
been added.

\f
* Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change

** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.


\f
* Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.

** Not new, but not mentioned before:
M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
\f
* Changes in Emacs 20.4

** Init file may be called .emacs.el.

You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'.  If you use the name
`.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.

If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
is the one that is used.

** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
separate from the command's regular output.
Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
the buffer name.

When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
it from the previous batch of error output.  The error buffer is not
cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.

** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.

** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names.  For
example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
match c*.c.  To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.

** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
they never ignore case.

** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
applies to all operating systems.  Emacs recognizes from the contents
of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing.  This is a
part of the general feature of coding system conversion.

If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
the same format that was used in the file before.

You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
`inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.

** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.

** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
your operating system.  For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems.  The usual
end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).

The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
format.  You can now customize these variables.

** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
filename contained non-ASCII characters.  Now this is fixed.  Such a
filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.

** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.

** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
dynamic-completion-mode to enable it.  Just loading the file
doesn't have any effect.

** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
not one per buffer.

** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
  (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)

** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
`auto-show-mode' command.

** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
avoid redisplay problems.  As a consequence, compared with previous
versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line.  This change
occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.

** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.

** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
character set specified in the message.  If you want to disable this
feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.

** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
and variable specification, as well as on the first line.

** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.

The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
codepage.  For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.

Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.

IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
`?' on other systems.

IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
Unix.

Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
current codepage when it starts.

** Mail changes

*** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
`mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
appropriate MIME headers are added.  The headers are added only if
non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
MIME headers are already present.  For example, the following three
headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
latin-1:

  MIME-version: 1.0
  Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
  Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit

*** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
default way to encode outgoing mail.  This has higher priority than
default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
buffer-file-coding-system.

You should not set this variable manually.  Instead, set
sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
mail.

*** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
list of possible coding systems.

** CC Mode changes

*** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
modes to style names.  When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style.  See the variable's
docstring for details.

*** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
symbol.  The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
found.  This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
prioritized order on a single line.  However, none of the supplied
lineup functions use this feature currently.

*** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
"finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.

*** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
"catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.

*** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode.  Two new
symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
anonymous classes.

*** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont

*** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
inexpr-class.  New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
support and gcc-style statements inside expressions.  New lineup
function c-lineup-inexpr-block.

*** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
(i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
brace.  These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
(brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).

*** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.

*** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.

*** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.

*** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.

*** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol.  The indentation
associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).

** Gnus changes.

*** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
added.  A plethora of new commands and modes have been added.  See the
Gnus manual for the full story.

*** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
before.  All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
group, which is created automatically.

*** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
values.

*** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.

*** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
outside the region: `C-c C-v'.

*** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
`C-u C-c C-c'.

*** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.

*** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
re-highlighting of the article buffer.

*** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.

*** `M-i' symbolic prefix command.  See the section "Symbolic
Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.

*** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
`a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.

*** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
control over simplification.

*** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.

*** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
limit.

*** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.

*** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.

*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.

*** Canceling now uses the current select method.  Symbolic prefix
`a' forces normal posting method.

*** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
-- `W d'.

*** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
to a non-nil value.

*** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.

*** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
has been added.

*** A history of where mails have been split is available.

*** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.

*** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
`gnus-score-thread-simplify'.

*** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
`message-cite-original-without-signature'.

*** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.

*** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
been added.

*** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
`gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.

*** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.

*** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.

*** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.

*** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.

** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode

*** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
options for the TeX run.  The default value causes TeX to run in
nonstopmode.  For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".

*** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell.  In a
TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
of these keys may not work on all systems).  For instance, if you run
TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.

*** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell.  Thus you can use
the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.

*** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
the matching of braces and $'s.  The errors are listed in a *Occur*
buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
mismatch.

** Changes to RefTeX mode

*** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.

*** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
lowercase by default.  To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
characters will lose their accent.  All Mule characters will be
removed from the label.

*** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
a window instead of the echo area.  See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.

*** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files.  See the
customization group `reftex-finding-files'.

*** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
`reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
expressions.

*** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.

** New/deleted modes and packages

*** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
SNMPv2 MIBs.  It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.

*** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
SQL interpreters.  It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.

*** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer
changes with a special face.

*** ispell4.el has been deleted.  It got in the way of ispell.el and
this was hard to fix reliably.  It has long been obsolete -- use
Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
\f
* MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4

** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup.  For details,
check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.

The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
distribution when the config.bat script is run.

** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
directly to a printer port.  Similarly, in the previous version of
Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
program is used.  (These changes were made so that configuration of
printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)

** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
program.

An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware.  For both of these
programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.

** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
MS-DOS and MS-Windows only.  This has been true since version 20.3, but
was not documented clearly before.

** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
This includes Tetris and Snake.
\f
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4

** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.

** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
WILDCARD.  If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.

** Changes in the file-attributes function.

*** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.

*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
integers.

** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
files in a directory and their attributes.  It accepts the same
arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
file names and attributes are returned.

** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes.  It
accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its attributes.
It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
returns the result.

** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.

** New functions for base64 conversion:

The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
into the base64 code used in MIME.  base64-decode-region
performs the opposite conversion.  Line-breaking is supported
optionally.

Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
job on the text in a string.  They return the value as a new string.

**
The new function process-running-child-p
will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
terminal to its own child process.

** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.

** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.

** easymenu.el now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
:included is an alias for :visible.

easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p.  This can be used
to move or copy menu entries.

** Multibyte editing changes

*** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed.  Now, sref is
an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1.  This change is to
make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
work on the latest Emacs.  Such code uses a combination of sref and
char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
        (setq char (sref str idx)
              idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.

If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
(say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
        (charset-bytes (char-charset ch))

*** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:

    Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibited

This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
across the boundary.

*** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
`unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
    o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
      contains 8-bit characters.
    o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
      contains invalid characters.

*** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
text properties of the target region.  Ideally, they should correctly
preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard.  Removing
text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
way.

*** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.

*** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
compose Thai characters in a string.

** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
argument NAME, which should be a string.  It supplies the menu name
for the created keymap.  Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
menus should always use the third argument.

** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped.  Now the second
arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  These functions use the current
input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.

** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns.  This is useful in
programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.

** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
the echo area, while executing some Lisp code.  Like `progn', it
returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
echo area contents.

   (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)

** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
NOERROR.  If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
requested feature cannot be loaded.

** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
means to clear out that attribute.

** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.

** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.

** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
the gap of the current buffer.

** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
current buffer.

** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
it back in after any modifications have been made.
\f
* Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3

** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
directories themselves.  Both immediate subdirectories and
subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.

Not all subdirectories are included, though.  Subdirectories whose
names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded.  Also, a subdirectory
which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded.  You can use
these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.

Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
starts up.  While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.

This feature is an incompatible change.  If you have stored some Emacs
Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
`.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
results.

** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
GCC.  This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
\f
* Changes in Emacs 20.3

** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
including its argument.  If you repeat the z afterward,
it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.

** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
specified region.  To do this, set point and mark around the desired
region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_).  You can then continue undoing
further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
command C-x u or C-_.  This will keep undoing changes that were made
within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
region.

In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
selective undo.

** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
buffer.  Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
effect.  The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.

The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
though.  If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
-*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.  That will force Emacs to
load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.

** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
no longer appears in the menu bar.  We've realized that changing the
enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
something that most users not do.

** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
applications.

C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
pasting operations.

** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
setting the variable `printer-name'.  Just what a printer name looks
like depends on your operating system.  You can specify a different
printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
`ps-printer-name'.

** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
minor mode.  It is called M-x flyspell-mode.  You don't have to remember
any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
except when you make a spelling error.  Flyspell works by highlighting
incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
hits a new word.

Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
Ispell in Emacs.  In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
to be confused by TeX commands.

You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
correct.  You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
of various alternative replacements and actions.

Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections.  M-TAB replaces
the current misspelled word with a possible correction.  If several
corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.

Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.

** Changes in input method usage.

Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
respectively.

You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.

If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
of the alternatives with Mouse-2.

The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.

  If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.

  If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.

  If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
  when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.

  If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
  given in the following case:
    o When you are using a complex input method.
    o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.

If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
setting it to t is helpful.

The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.

In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
keys:
        Shift-SPC       toggle-korean-input-method
        C-F9            quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
        F9              quail-hangul-switch-hanja
These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
environment.

** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
names, not the entire minibuffer input.  For example, if the
minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
get

     /usr/foo//etc/passwd

which stands for the file /etc/passwd.

Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.

** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
its owner and group.

** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.

** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
contents before inserting the specified string on each line.

** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
in all the lines on a rectangle.  The column is specified
by the left edge of the rectangle.

** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG.  This is useful
for writing keyboard macros.

** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to.  The
frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
the frame that it was started from.  Some major modes define
additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
info.

** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.

** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
contents only.

** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
confirmation before overwriting an existing file.  When you call
the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.

** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
literally.  If you say no, it signals an error.

** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
inconsistent with Emacs conventions.

** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
failure if the command produces no output.

** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
the mouse.

** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
function and variable names.

** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
reading specific files.  This has higher priority than
file-coding-system-alist.

** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
the current language environment.  As a result, they are displayed
according to the current fontset.

** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.

The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
nonascii-insert-offset.

For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.

** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.

** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.

** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
are inferred and hyperlinked.  Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
command keys.

** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.

Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
all variables that have documentation.

** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
that shows you overlap with the previous line of text.  The variable
minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
it should show; the default is 20.

Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
of your input.

** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
recent Emacs versions.  You specify a previous Emacs version number as
argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
the customizable options which were changed since that version.
Newly added options are included as well.

If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.

This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
Customize menu.

** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.

** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
invoked.

** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
The default is 1.

** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
syntax, not word syntax.  Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
(C-x n d).  M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
sensibly.

** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.

** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.

** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
reminder about upcoming diary entries.  See the documentation string
for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
every night.

** Desktop changes

*** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.

*** Minor modes are now restored.  Which minor modes are restored
and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.

** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
read and post multi-lingual articles.

** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
doing an isearch.  In order for this to happen search-invisible should
be set to open (the default).  If an isearch match is inside a hidden
outline the outline is made visible.  If you continue pressing C-s and
the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
made invisible again.

** Mail reading and sending changes

*** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
the message before it lets you edit the message.  This is so that any
changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
toggle.

*** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
now works in the summary buffer as well.  (The command to delete the
summary buffer is now Q.)  The default file name for the w command, if
the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
rmail-default-body-file.

*** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator.  Instead, they
handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.

*** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
it should be an expression.  When you send a message, this expression
is evaluated to insert the signature.

*** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
outbound email messages.  It works in coordination with other email
handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
transmission.  Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
especially interested in trying feedmail.

feedmail is not enabled by default.  See comments at the top of
feedmail.el for set-up instructions.  Among the bigger features
provided by feedmail are:

**** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
there is also a queue for draft messages

**** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
be prompted for confirmation

**** does smart filling of address headers

**** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get

**** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
/usr/lib/sendmail, and Emacs Lisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
function for something else (10-20 lines of Lisp code).

** Dired changes

*** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".

*** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el.  It allows one to easily
run Dired on the directory name at point.

*** Dired has a new command: %g.  It searches the contents of
files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
for a specified regexp.

** VC Changes

*** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
conveniently.

*** VC Dired has been completely rewritten.  It is now much
faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
Dired.

VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
directory to display.  By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).

You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.

All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
is redefined as the version control prefix.  That means you may type
`v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
the file named in the current Dired buffer line.  `v v' invokes
`vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.

The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
VC files plus subdirectories).  There is also a special command,
`* l', to mark all files currently locked.

Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.

*** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
session to resolve them.

Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
resolve conflicts in a file at any time.  It works in any buffer that
contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
uses as well).

*** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
command vc-merge (C-x v m).  It is implemented for RCS and CVS.  When
you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
using ediff.

** Changes in Font Lock

*** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
use for highlighting constants and labels.  (Its face properties are
unchanged.)  The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.

** Frame name display changes

*** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
frame.  You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
when many frames are invisible or iconified.

*** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
menu.

** Comint (subshell) changes

*** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
subjob now also kill pending input.  This is for compatibility
with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.

*** There are new commands in Comint mode.

C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
that is, the line after the last line you got.
You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.

C-c SPC accumulates lines of input.  More precisely, it arranges to
send the current line together with the following line, when you send
the following line.

C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
previously sent input.

C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
as the search string.

*** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
automatically in compilation-mode windows.

** C mode changes

*** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
and as recognized syntax.  New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
definition.

*** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
(i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated.  "gnu"
style is still the default however.

*** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.

*** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
them.  They do not have key bindings by default.

*** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
and M-e (c-end-of-statement).

*** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.

*** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
makes the style variables local to that buffer only.

*** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.

*** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded.  You
should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file.  A new
variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.

** Changes to hippie-expand.

*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.

*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
expanding dynamically.

*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.

*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.

*** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.

** Changes in BibTeX mode.

*** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
automatic key generation.  This replaces variable
bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
against the first word in the title.

*** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
capitalized words.  To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
lowerkey characters will still be ignored.  Thus, if you want to use
lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.

*** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
generation is more flexible.  Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.

** Changes in vcursor.el.

*** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text.  A
variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
entered exactly as if typed.  Numerous functions, including
`vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.

*** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
Editing group once the package is loaded.

*** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
generally a bad side effect.  Use M-x customize to set
vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behavior.

*** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.

** Ispell changes.

*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings.  Comments and strings
are identified by syntax tables in effect.

*** Generic region skipping implemented.
A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
and will not be checked.  The definitions of the regions can be user
defined.  New applications and improvements made available by this
include:

    o URLs are automatically skipped
    o EMail message checking is vastly improved.

*** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.

** Changes to RefTeX mode

RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
large projects (like a several volume math book).  The parser has been
re-written from scratch.  To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
section `Optimizations' in the manual.

*** New recursive parser.

The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
entire multifile document in order to parse the document.  The new
recursive parser scans the individual files.

*** Parsing only part of a document.

Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
partial scans.  To use this feature, read the documentation string of
the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.

    (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)

*** Storing parsing information in a file.

This can improve startup times considerably.  To turn it on, use

    (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)

*** Using multiple selection buffers

If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting

    (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)

*** References to external documents.

The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
documents.  RefTeX can provide information about the external
documents as well.  To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
RefTeX.  The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.

*** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.

The built-in command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.

Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.

*** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers

The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
buffers.  See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.

*** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.

The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
`reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'.  The selection processes
have a number of new keys predefined.  In particular, TAB lets you
enter a label with completion.  Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
more.

*** Support for the varioref package

The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.

*** New hooks

Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
and citations are created. These hooks are
`reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
`reftex-format-cite-function'.

*** Citations outside LaTeX

The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
a mail buffer).  See the Info documentation for details.

*** Short context is no longer fontified.

The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
fontification from the text in the buffer.  If you prefer it to be
fontified, use

   (setq reftex-refontify-context t)

** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
directories that contain the same file name.

Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
have Makefile.  A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
directory.

** New modes and packages

*** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
it, but some do not.

*** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
code.

*** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
around in a buffer.

Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.

*** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees.  The author
uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
established system of notation similar to Chess.

*** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
documentation string checking for style and spelling.  The style
guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.

*** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
available in Emacs.  Some of these functions are wrappers around
system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of
simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp.  There are also
functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
the like.

*** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.

*** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
used in a considerable time.  To use this feature, customize
the user option `midnight-mode' to t.

*** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.

  apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
  samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
  fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
  x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
  hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc)
  mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
  javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
  vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
  java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
  java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
  mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files

  Platform-specific modes:

  prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
  pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
  alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
  inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
  ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
  reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
  bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
  rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
  rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
\f
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published

** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.

Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.

** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
and using a default value if the key is not found there.  You can
specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.

** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
environment.

** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
take two optional arguments.  PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
string.  SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
current input method for reading this one event.

** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
now control whether to output certain characters as
backslash-sequences.  print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
characters.  Both of these variables are used only when printing
in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
\f
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published

** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.

** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
in Emacs 19 and before.  This means that (forward-char 1)
always increases point by 1.

The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments.  It is
considered obsolete.  The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.

See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.

** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
default value changed.  For example,

   (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
     :type 'integer
     :group 'foo
     :version "20.3")

   (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
     :version "20.3")

If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
`:version' in the top level group.

This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.

** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.

However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
symbol itself, is not an error.  This is for the sake of programs that
support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
to themselves.

If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
values whatever.

** There is a new debugger command, R.
It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
in the buffer *Debugger-record*.

** Frame-local variables.

You can now make a variable local to various frames.  To do this, call
the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
local bindings for that variable.

These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
parameter name.

Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.

It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
through a window-local binding would not be very robust.

** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
"symbolic regular expressions."  These are Lisp expressions that, when
evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps.  The symbolic form
makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
See the documentation in sregex.el.

** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
The contents of this field are not yet finalized.

** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.

** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.

** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
when the user enters empty input.  It now returns the null string, as
it did in Emacs 19.  The default value is made available in the
history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.

The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
empty input.

** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
for selecting buffers.  For example, if you set this variable to
`iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
`read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.

** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
echoing a period for each character typed.  It takes three arguments:
a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
default password to use if the user enters nothing.

** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
specify not to break a line at certain places.  Its value is a
function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
place where a break is being considered.  If the function returns
non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.

** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
end of the window, even if this requires computation.

** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.

** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
was directed to display this buffer.

** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
with `equal'.  Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
set-window-configuration.

** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
window configurations loosely.  It ignores differences in saved buffer
positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
windows and the choice of buffers to display.

** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
override the key bindings of a minor mode.  The elements of this alist
look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).

If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.

minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
and it is meant to be set by major modes.

** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
except that it discards all text properties from the result.

** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
USE-FLOATS.  If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.

** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
to use for creating temporary files.  The default value is determined
in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.

** Menu changes

*** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
keywords :visible and :filter.  The existing keyword :keys is now
better supported.

The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
you define the menu.  The default is t.  If you rarely use menus, you
can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.

*** A new format for menu items is supported.

In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
 (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
starts with the symbol `menu-item'.

The format is:
 (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
 (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
The supported properties include

:enable FORM      Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
                  item is enabled.
:visible FORM     Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
                  item should appear in the menu.
:filter FILTER-FN
                  FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
                  which will be REAL-BINDING.
                  It should return a binding to use instead.
:keys DESCRIPTION
                  DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
                  binding for REAL-BINDING.  DESCRIPTION is expanded with
                  `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
:key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
                  KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
                  keyboard binding.
:key-sequence nil
                  This means that the command normally has no
                  keyboard equivalent.
:help HELP        HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
:button (TYPE . SELECTED)
                  TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
                  SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
                  value says whether this button is currently selected.

Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.

(menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.

** New event types

*** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse).  The event contains a delta that
corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom.  The format is:

  (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)

where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated.  A
negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
forward, away from the user.

As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.

*** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
and dropped onto an Emacs frame.  The event contains a list of
filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
loaded into Emacs.  The format is:

  (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)

where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
that were dragged and dropped.

As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.

** Changes relating to multibyte characters.

*** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
any attempt to set it directly signals an error.  The only way
to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.

*** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all".  You
can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.

*** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
in Emacs 19 and before.

The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.

*** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
unibyte representation.  If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
representation.  Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.

This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
as a sequence of bytes.  However, it does change the contents
viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
will count as two characters using unibyte representation.

This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
representation is in use.  It also adjusts various data in the buffer
(including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
consistent with the new representation.

*** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care
about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.

The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
using the table nonascii-translation-table.

*** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.

The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.

*** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.

*** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.

*** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
portions of two strings.  Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
You can specify whether to ignore case or not.

*** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.

*** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
buffer or string being searched.

One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
[...] to match all non-ASCII characters.  This does still work when
searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
searching or matching a multibyte string.  Unfortunately, there is no
obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job.  But, what
you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
expression [^\0-\177] works for it.

*** Structure of coding system changed.

All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
which defines the coding system.  Aliases share the same vector
as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
vector affects the principal name and its aliases.  You can define
your own alias name of a coding system by the function
define-coding-system-alias.

The coding system definition includes a property list of its own.  Use
the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
safe-charsets.  For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
`iso-8859-1'.

Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
coding system can correctly encode and decode.  For instance:
(coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)

Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
are capable of that coding system.  Though, Emacs itself can encode
the other character sets and read it back correctly.

*** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
This function requires a user interaction.

*** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
select-safe-coding-system.  They return a list of all proper coding
systems to encode a text in some region or string.  If you don't want
a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
select-safe-coding-system.

*** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
was done.

*** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
coding systems used by some specific language environment.

*** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil.  Thus, if only ASCII
characters are found, they now return a list of single element
`undecided' or its subsidiaries.

*** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
converted.

*** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
coding system for communicating with other X clients.

*** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
character sets or entire subrows of a character set.  In other words,
each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
range of characters.

*** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
Lisp object is a valid character code or not.

*** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
in the current buffer at position POS.

*** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
input-method-function.  If this is non-nil, its value should be a
function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
event as an argument.  Often this function will read more input, first
binding input-method-function to nil.

The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
method processing.  These events will be processed sequentially as
input, before resorting to unread-command-events.  Events returned by
the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.

The input method function is not called when reading the second and
subsequent events of a key sequence.

*** You can customize any language environment by using
set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.

The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook.  For
instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
\f
* Changes in Emacs 20.1

** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
options.  It is called M-x customize.  With this facility you can look
at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
tree structure.

M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.

With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
session or permanently.  (Permanent settings are stored automatically
in your .emacs file.)

** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.

** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
This makes more space in the mode line for other information.

** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
immediately afterward.  At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
kills the region.

The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
delete the character before point, as usual.

** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
on terminals which support this.  (You can disable this feature
by setting search-highlight to nil.)

** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
insert the default value into the minibuffer as text.  In effect,
the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
onto the history "in the future".  (The more normal use of the
history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
past.)

** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.

As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
and is an alias for it.

If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.

** Scrolling changes

*** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.

In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
where it started.

*** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.

*** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
top or bottom of a window.  It is a number of screen lines; if point
comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
recenters the window.

** International character set support (MULE)

Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts.  These
features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")

Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
coding systems for storing files.  Emacs uses a single multibyte
character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
into any of these coding systems when saving a file.

Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
generally don't have keys for all the characters in them.  So Emacs
supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
language, to make it possible to type them.

The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.

The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.

You can disable multibyte character support as follows:

  (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)

Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
argument, AUTO.  This provides compatibility for people who are
already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
characters for their work until they want to change.

*** Input methods

An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
specifically for interactive input.  In Emacs, typically each language
has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
the same characters can share one input method).  Some languages
support several input methods.

The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
another alphabet.  This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
work.

A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
characters into one letter.  Many European input methods use
composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
consists of a letter followed by diacritics.  For example, a' is one
sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
letter.

The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
by conversion.  The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".

None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
they are handled specially.  First you input a whole word using
phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.

Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
the first guess is wrong.

*** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.

If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
they did in Emacs 19.34.  This includes the features for support for
the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.

However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
translate automatically to and from either one.

*** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.

Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte.  This is probably not
what you want.

If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
system when reading the file.  This coding system also turns off
multibyte characters in that buffer.

If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
character conversion as well.

*** Displaying international characters on X Windows.

A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
requires using many fonts.

Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets".  Each fontset is a
collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.

A fontset has a name, like a font.  Individual fonts are defined by
the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself.  But once you
have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
you would use a font.

If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
display that character.  It will display an empty box instead.

The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
(that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
characters).

*** Defining fontsets.

Emacs does not use any fontset by default.  Its default font is still
chosen as in previous versions.  You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.

Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
of standard-fontset-spec.  This fontset's short name is
`fontset-standard'.  Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
standard fontset are created automatically.

If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
argument, a fontset is generated from it.  This works by replacing the
FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
with `*' then using this to specify a fontset.  This fontset's short
name is `fontset-startup'.

Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
The resource value should have this form:
        FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
        * most fields should be just the wild card "*".
        * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
        * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
CHARSET-NAME should be the name of a character set, and FONT-NAME
should specify an actual font to use for that character set.

Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.

For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME.  For instance, with the
following resource,
        Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
the font for ASCII is generated as below:
        -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
Here is the substitution rule:
    Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
    defined in the variable x-charset-registries.  For instance, ASCII has
    the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable.  Then, reduce
    sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
    (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)

The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec.  You can also call
that function explicitly to create a fontset.

With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
like an actual font name.  But be careful not to specify a fontset
name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
fontsets.

*** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
defaults for a particular choice of language.

Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
visiting files.  However, it does not try to reread files you have
already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected.  The
language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
system for new files that you create.

It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
whole Emacs session.

For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
chooses the Latin-1 character set.  In the .emacs file, you can do this
with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").

*** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
specifies the file coding system for the current buffer.  This
specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
the file.  As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
coding systems that Emacs supports.

*** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
is used for *the immediately following command*.

So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.

If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.

For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.

*** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
construct.  Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM.  You can also
specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
of the file.

*** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
the coding system for terminal output.  If you specify a character
code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
translated into that character code.

This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
various countries to support the languages of those countries.

By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.

*** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
the coding system for keyboard input.

Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.

By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.

Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
translate into single characters.  However, input methods are designed
to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
designed to work with terminals.

*** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
in the corresponding buffer.

By default, process input and output are not translated at all.

*** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.

*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
an input method.  If no input method has been selected before, the
command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
want to use.

C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
method.  C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.

*** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
layouts commonly used for particular scripts.  How to do this
remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout.  To specify
which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.

*** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
related information.

*** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
scripts.

*** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
information about the support for a particular language.
You specify the language as an argument.

*** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
the coding system used in the visited file.  It normally follows the
first dash.

A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
(except CRLF => newline if appropriate).  `=' means no conversion
whatsoever.  The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
1 through 9.  Other coding systems are represented by letters:

    A alternativnyj (Russian)
    B big5 (Chinese)
    C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
    C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
    D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
    E euc-japan (Japanese)
    I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
    J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv)  (Japanese)
    K euc-korea (Korean)
    R koi8 (Russian)
    Q tibetan
    S shift_jis (Japanese)
    T lao
    T tis620 (Thai)
    V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
    i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
    k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
    v viqr (Vietnamese)
    z hz (Chinese)

When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
coding system.  These two characters describe the coding system for
keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.

*** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
conversion to use for RMAIL files.  The default value is nil.

When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
into Emacs' internal format.  This has nothing to do with
rmail-file-coding-system.  That variable controls reading and writing
Rmail files themselves.

*** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
conversion for outgoing mail.  The default value is nil.

Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
for sending mail:

- If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
- Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
- Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
  if that is non-nil.  That comes from your language environment.
- Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.

*** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
to specify the language for the tutorial file.  Currently, English,
Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported.  We welcome additional
translations.

** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally.  There is also a command
insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
without any conversion.

** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
You can now specify any number of octal digits.
RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.

** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
functions, variables and file names used in your programs.

Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.

Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
mode.  For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.

** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
complete-symbol.  This command performs completion on the symbol name
in the buffer before point.

With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
you are using.

With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).

** File locking works with NFS now.

The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
in the same directory as FILENAME.

This means that collision detection between two different machines now
works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
can become a bottleneck.

The new method does have drawbacks.  It means that collision detection
does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
create new files.  Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
file server does not support symbolic links.  But these conditions are
rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
so useful that the change is worth while.

When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
are stale.  So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
collisions.  When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.

** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el.  Instead you must call
show-paren-mode.

** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
delsel.el.  Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.

** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
complete.el.  Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.

** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el.  You must also
set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.

** Changes in View mode.

*** Several new commands are available in View mode.
Do H in view mode for a list of commands.

*** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.

*** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
previous state.

*** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.

*** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows.  If
non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
not just the selected window.

*** New customization variable view-read-only.  If non-nil, visiting a
read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
turns View mode on or off.

*** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.

** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.

** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
has a new feature.  If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
which version to compare with.

** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
blocks if a match is inside the block.

The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
is outside the block.  By customizing the variable
isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.

By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
blocks, all of them or none.

** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
current buffer and deletes the selected window.  It asks for
confirmation first.

** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
now changes the major mode according to that file name.
However, the mode will not be changed if
(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
    not suitable for ordinary files, or
(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.

This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.

However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
these commands do not change the major mode.

** M-x occur changes.

*** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
it performs a case-sensitive search.

*** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.

** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
in just one window at a time.  At first, it is highlighted in the
window where you set the mark.  The buffer's highlighting remains in
that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.

** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
after the command finishes.  The message suggesting key bindings
appears temporarily in the echo area.  The previous echo area contents
come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.

** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
buffers recently selected in the selected frame.

** Outline mode changes.

*** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).

*** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.

** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
was already active.

The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
get confused by it.

If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.

** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.

*** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
conversion.  If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.

The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
mixed case.  And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.

*** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
are no longer Lisp expressions.  They have simply three possible
values.

`dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
`dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).

** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
certain length.  The variable history-length specifies how long they
can be.  The default value is 30.

** Changes in Mail mode.

*** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
`mail-user-agent'.  The default choice of user agent is
`sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
behavior.

C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
compose-mail-other-frame.

*** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
replying to.  This copies the text which is the selected region in the
buffer that shows the original message.

*** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
with separator lines around the contents.

*** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
in suitable mail headers.  Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc).  You do not
need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.

*** New features in the mail-complete command.

**** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
for local users or if that is known.  The variable mail-complete-style
controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
Its values are like those of mail-from-style.

**** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
/etc/passwd.

**** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
to get the list of user ids.  By default, one file is used:
/etc/passwd.

** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning.  Thus, if you have a
directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.

Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
be taken to be magic.

** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
files to search through, and grep to scan them.  The output is
available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.

M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
(-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)

** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.

In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.

new key         dired.el binding                old key
-------         ----------------                -------
  * c           dired-change-marks              c
  * m           dired-mark                      m
  * *           dired-mark-executables          *  (binding deleted)
  * /           dired-mark-directories          /  (binding deleted)
  * @           dired-mark-symlinks             @  (binding deleted)
  * u           dired-unmark                    u
  * DEL         dired-unmark-backward           DEL
  * ?           dired-unmark-all-files          C-M-?
  * !           dired-unmark-all-marks
  * %           dired-mark-files-regexp         % m
  * C-n         dired-next-marked-file          M-}
  * C-p         dired-prev-marked-file          M-{

** Rmail changes.

*** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
chosen to make a unique name.  This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
each time you run it.

*** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
whether to include the line count in the summary.  Non-nil means yes.

*** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
messages) now take repeat counts as arguments.  A negative argument
means to move in the opposite direction.

*** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.

*** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
for output.

** Gnus changes.

*** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.

*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
Gnus.

*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
`and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.

*** Article washing status can be displayed in the
article mode line.

*** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.

*** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.

(setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)

*** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
are to be considered home score and adapt files.  See
`gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.

*** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.

*** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.

*** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.

*** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
used to pick articles.

*** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
another have been added.

    `M-x gnus-change-server'

*** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
generating lines in buffers.

*** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
`C-M-_'.

*** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.

*** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:

    (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))

*** Scores can be decayed.

    (setq gnus-decay-scores t)

*** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header.  The
Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.

*** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
the native server.

   `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'

*** A new command for reading collections of documents
(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `C-M-d'.

*** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.

*** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.

*** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
(DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.

    Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
    a group.

*** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.

    See the commands under the `T S' submap.

*** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.

    See the commands under the `G P' submap.

*** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.

    Use the `Y c' command.

*** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.

*** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.

    `M-x nnmail-split-history'

*** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
from incoming mail before saving the mail.

    See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.

*** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.

*** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.

        (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)

Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
and show appropriate characters.  (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
this issue.)

Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
particular news group.  This can be done by:

        (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)

Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
of newsgroups.  If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
"XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
system.  CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
for reading and posting).

CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
  (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
there.

Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
default.  Here are some of these default settings:

        (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
        (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))

When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.

** CC mode changes.

*** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file.  To do
this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
loaded.

If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
style variables have buffer local values.  By default, all buffers
share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file.  Note that you
must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.

*** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
of the current buffer.

*** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
it is no longer necessary.  C mode now handles all the supported styles
of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.

*** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
style that the Python developers like.

*** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.

** VC Changes [new]

*** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).

This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
developers.

You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
RET in a buffer visiting that file.

*** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
other developers.  Such files are made read-only by CVS.  To get a
writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file.  VC then
calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.

*** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
version numbers, based on the current state of the file.

** Calendar changes.

*** A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or
subclasses of holidays for ranges of years.  Related menu items allow
you do this for the year of the selected date, or the
following/previous years.

*** There is now support for the Baha'i calendar system.  Use `pb' in
the *Calendar* buffer to display the current Baha'i date.  The Baha'i
calendar, or "Badi calendar" is a system of 19 months with 19 days
each, and 4 intercalary days (5 during a Gregorian leap year).  The
calendar begins May 23, 1844, with each of the months named after a
supposed attribute of God.

** ps-print changes

There are some new user variables and subgroups for customizing the page
layout.

*** Headers & Footers (subgroup)

Some printer systems print a header page and force the first page to
be printed on the back of the header page when using duplex.  If your
printer system has this behavior, set variable
`ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' to t.

If variable `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' is non-nil, it prints a
blank page as the very first printed page.  So, it behaves as if the
very first character of buffer (or region) were a form feed ^L (\014).

The variable `ps-spool-config' specifies who is responsible for
setting duplex mode and page size.  Valid values are:

 lpr-switches    duplex and page size are configured by `ps-lpr-switches'.
                 Don't forget to set `ps-lpr-switches' to select duplex
                 printing for your printer.

 setpagedevice   duplex and page size are configured by ps-print using the
                 setpagedevice PostScript operator.

 nil             duplex and page size are configured by ps-print *not* using
                 the setpagedevice PostScript operator.

The variable `ps-spool-tumble' specifies how the page images on
opposite sides of a sheet are oriented with respect to each other.  If
`ps-spool-tumble' is nil, ps-print produces output suitable for
bindings on the left or right.  If `ps-spool-tumble' is non-nil,
ps-print produces output suitable for bindings at the top or bottom.
This variable takes effect only if `ps-spool-duplex' is non-nil.
The default value is nil.

The variable `ps-header-frame-alist' specifies a header frame
properties alist.  Valid frame properties are:

  fore-color    Specify the foreground frame color.
                Value should be a float number between 0.0 (black
                color) and 1.0 (white color), or a string which is a
                color name, or a list of 3 float numbers which
                correspond to the Red Green Blue color scale, each
                float number between 0.0 (dark color) and 1.0 (bright
                color).  The default is 0 ("black").

  back-color    Specify the background frame color (similar to fore-color).
                The default is 0.9 ("gray90").

  shadow-color  Specify the shadow color (similar to fore-color).
                The default is 0 ("black").

  border-color  Specify the border color (similar to fore-color).
                The default is 0 ("black").

  border-width  Specify the border width.
                The default is 0.4.

Any other property is ignored.

Don't change this alist directly; instead use Custom, or the
`ps-value', `ps-get', `ps-put' and `ps-del' functions (see there for
documentation).

Ps-print can also print footers.  The footer variables are:
`ps-print-footer', `ps-footer-offset', `ps-print-footer-frame',
`ps-footer-font-family', `ps-footer-font-size', `ps-footer-line-pad',
`ps-footer-lines', `ps-left-footer', `ps-right-footer' and
`ps-footer-frame-alist'.  These variables are similar to those
controlling headers.

*** Color management (subgroup)

If `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil, the buffer's text will be printed in
color.

*** Face Management (subgroup)

If you need to print without worrying about face background colors,
set the variable `ps-use-face-background' which specifies if face
background should be used.  Valid values are:

 t              always use face background color.
 nil            never use face background color.
 (face...)      list of faces whose background color will be used.

*** N-up printing (subgroup)

The variable `ps-n-up-printing' specifies the number of pages per
sheet of paper.

The variable `ps-n-up-margin' specifies the margin in points (pt)
between the sheet border and the n-up printing.

If variable `ps-n-up-border-p' is non-nil, a border is drawn around
each page.

The variable `ps-n-up-filling' specifies how the page matrix is filled
on each sheet of paper.  Following are the valid values for
`ps-n-up-filling' with a filling example using a 3x4 page matrix:

   `left-top'   1  2  3  4         `left-bottom'    9  10 11 12
                5  6  7  8                          5  6  7  8
                9  10 11 12                         1  2  3  4

   `right-top'  4  3  2  1         `right-bottom'   12 11 10 9
                8  7  6  5                          8  7  6  5
                12 11 10 9                          4  3  2  1

   `top-left'   1  4  7  10        `bottom-left'    3  6  9  12
                2  5  8  11                         2  5  8  11
                3  6  9  12                         1  4  7  10

   `top-right'  10 7  4  1         `bottom-right'   12 9  6  3
                11 8  5  2                          11 8  5  2
                12 9  6  3                          10 7  4  1

Any other value is treated as `left-top'.

*** Zebra stripes (subgroup)

The variable `ps-zebra-color' controls the zebra stripes grayscale or
RGB color.

The variable `ps-zebra-stripe-follow' specifies how zebra stripes
continue on next page.  Visually, valid values are (the character `+'
to the right of each column indicates that a line is printed):

                   `nil'        `follow'        `full'        `full-follow'
   Current Page --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
                1  XXXXX +   1  XXXXXXXX +   1  XXXXXX +   1  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
                2  XXXXX +   2  XXXXXXXX +   2  XXXXXX +   2  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
                3  XXXXX +   3  XXXXXXXX +   3  XXXXXX +   3  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
                4        +   4           +   4         +   4                +
                5        +   5           +   5         +   5                +
                6        +   6           +   6         +   6                +
                7  XXXXX +   7  XXXXXXXX +   7  XXXXXX +   7  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
                8  XXXXX +   8  XXXXXXXX +   8  XXXXXX +   8  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
                9  XXXXX +   9  XXXXXXXX +   9  XXXXXX +   9  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
                10       +   10          +
                11       +   11          +
                --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
      Next Page --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
                12 XXXXX +   12          +   10 XXXXXX +   10               +
                13 XXXXX +   13 XXXXXXXX +   11 XXXXXX +   11               +
                14 XXXXX +   14 XXXXXXXX +   12 XXXXXX +   12               +
                15       +   15 XXXXXXXX +   13        +   13 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
                16       +   16          +   14        +   14 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
                17       +   17          +   15        +   15 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
                18 XXXXX +   18          +   16 XXXXXX +   16               +
                19 XXXXX +   19 XXXXXXXX +   17 XXXXXX +   17               +
                20 XXXXX +   20 XXXXXXXX +   18 XXXXXX +   18               +
                21       +   21 XXXXXXXX +
                22       +   22          +
                --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------

Any other value is treated as `nil'.


*** Printer management (subgroup)

The variable `ps-printer-name-option' determines the option used by
some utilities to indicate the printer name; it's used only when
`ps-printer-name' is a non-empty string.  If you're using the lpr
utility to print, for example, `ps-printer-name-option' should be set
to "-P".

The variable `ps-manual-feed' indicates if the printer requires manual
paper feeding.  If it's nil, automatic feeding takes place.  If it's
non-nil, manual feeding takes place.

The variable `ps-end-with-control-d' specifies whether C-d (\x04)
should be inserted at end of the generated PostScript.  Non-nil means
do so.

*** Page settings (subgroup)

If variable `ps-warn-paper-type' is nil, it's *not* treated as an
error if the PostScript printer doesn't have a paper with the size
indicated by `ps-paper-type'; the default paper size will be used
instead.  If `ps-warn-paper-type' is non-nil, an error is signaled if
the PostScript printer doesn't support a paper with the size indicated
by `ps-paper-type'.  This is used when `ps-spool-config' is set to
`setpagedevice'.

The variable `ps-print-upside-down' determines the orientation for
printing pages: nil means `normal' printing, non-nil means
`upside-down' printing (that is, the page is rotated by 180 degrees).

The variable `ps-selected-pages' specifies which pages to print.  If
it's nil, all pages are printed.  If it's a list, list elements may be
integers specifying a single page to print, or cons cells (FROM . TO)
specifying to print from page FROM to TO.  Invalid list elements, that
is integers smaller than one, or elements whose FROM is greater than
its TO, are ignored.

The variable `ps-even-or-odd-pages' specifies how to print even/odd
pages.  Valid values are:

   nil          print all pages.

   `even-page'  print only even pages.

   `odd-page'   print only odd pages.

   `even-sheet' print only even sheets.
                That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
                `even-page', but for values greater than 1, it'll
                print only the even sheet of paper.

   `odd-sheet'  print only odd sheets.
                That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
                `odd-page'; but for values greater than 1, it'll print
                only the odd sheet of paper.

Any other value is treated as nil.

If you set `ps-selected-pages' (see there for documentation), pages
are filtered by `ps-selected-pages', and then by
`ps-even-or-odd-pages'.  For example, if we have:

   (setq ps-selected-pages '(1 4 (6 . 10) (12 . 16) 20))

and we combine this with `ps-even-or-odd-pages' and
`ps-n-up-printing', we get:

`ps-n-up-printing' = 1:
   `ps-even-or-odd-pages'       PAGES PRINTED
        nil                     1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20
        even-page               4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
        odd-page                1, 7, 9, 13, 15
        even-sheet              4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
        odd-sheet               1, 7, 9, 13, 15

`ps-n-up-printing' = 2:
   `ps-even-or-odd-pages'       PAGES PRINTED
        nil                     1/4, 6/7, 8/9, 10/12, 13/14, 15/16, 20
        even-page               4/6, 8/10, 12/14, 16/20
        odd-page                1/7, 9/13, 15
        even-sheet              6/7, 10/12, 15/16
        odd-sheet               1/4, 8/9, 13/14, 20

*** Miscellany (subgroup)

The variable `ps-error-handler-message' specifies where error handler
messages should be sent.

It is also possible to add a user-defined PostScript prologue code in
front of all generated prologue code by setting the variable
`ps-user-defined-prologue'.

The variable `ps-line-number-font' specifies the font for line numbers.

The variable `ps-line-number-font-size' specifies the font size in
points for line numbers.

The variable `ps-line-number-color' specifies the color for line
numbers.  See `ps-zebra-color' for documentation.

The variable `ps-line-number-step' specifies the interval in which
line numbers are printed.  For example, if `ps-line-number-step' is set
to 2, the printing will look like:

   1 one line
     one line
   3 one line
     one line
   5 one line
     one line
     ...

Valid values are:

integer         an integer specifying the interval in which line numbers are
                printed.  If it's smaller than or equal to zero, 1
                is used.

`zebra'         specifies that only the line number of the first line in a
                zebra stripe is to be printed.

Any other value is treated as `zebra'.

The variable `ps-line-number-start' specifies the starting point in
the interval given by `ps-line-number-step'.  For example, if
`ps-line-number-step' is set to 3, and `ps-line-number-start' is set to
3, the output will look like:

     one line
     one line
   3 one line
     one line
     one line
   6 one line
     one line
     one line
   9 one line
     one line
     ...

The variable `ps-postscript-code-directory' specifies the directory
where the PostScript prologue file used by ps-print is found.

The variable `ps-line-spacing' determines the line spacing in points,
for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
`ps-font-size').

The variable `ps-paragraph-spacing' determines the paragraph spacing,
in points, for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
`ps-font-size').

The variable `ps-paragraph-regexp' specifies the paragraph delimiter.

The variable `ps-begin-cut-regexp' and `ps-end-cut-regexp' specify the
start and end of a region to cut out when printing.

** hideshow changes.

*** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
C++, ; for lisp).

*** Support for java-mode added.

*** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.

*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the comments at
the beginning of the files.  Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
way!  This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.

*** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
robust and a lot faster.

*** A block beginning can span multiple lines.

*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden.  See the
documentation for more details.

** Changes in Enriched mode.

*** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
filled to the current fill-column.  This behavior is now independent
of the size of the window.  When you save the file, the fill-column in
use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
the next time unless the fill-column is different.

*** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode.  When it is enabled, Emacs
distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
as paragraph boundaries.  Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.

** Font Lock mode

*** Custom support

The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the
faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom
group font-lock-highlighting-faces.  If you set font-lock-face-attributes in
your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value.  However, you should
consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.

You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.

*** Maximum decoration

Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
default.  Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
supported.  You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
to get the old behavior.

*** New support

Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.

Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.

*** Configurable support

Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
java-font-lock-extra-types.  These value of each of these variables should be a
list of regexps matching the extra type names.  For example, the default value
of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
convention that C type names end in _t.  This results in slower fontification.

Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
way you wish, typically by adding regexps.  However, these new variables make
it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.

*** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support

You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
for any mode.

For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:

 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))

in your ~/.emacs.

*** New faces

Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
font-lock-warning-face.  These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
to user attention, respectively.  Various modes now use these new faces.

*** Changes to fast-lock support mode

The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
cache files silently.  You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.

*** Changes to lazy-lock support mode

The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines.  You can use
the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature.  If
non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time.  If nil, then only
the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
Lock mode behavior and the behavior of Font Lock mode.

This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
refontified to reflect their new syntactic context.  Previously, only the line
containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
the command M-o M-o (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.

As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:

Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.

If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
settings.

** Ada mode changes.

*** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
procedure (modulo overloading).  If a spec has no body file yet, but
you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
stubs.

*** There are two new commands:
 - `ada-make-local'   : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
 - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.

The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
`ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.

*** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode.  The outline level
is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.

*** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
formatting used in GNAT.  It places two blanks after a comment start,
places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
space between a comma and the beginning of a word.

** Scheme mode changes.

*** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'.  The variables
with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
have any effect.

If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
variables as buffer-local variables.

*** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
Use M-x dsssl-mode.

** Changes to the emacsclient program

*** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
associated with the name.  That is an emacsclient running as root
can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.

*** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
buffer in Emacs.

*** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
use if Emacs is not running.  The environment variable
ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
option takes precedence.

** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
(in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).

** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
the current defun.

** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.

** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
necessary).

** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
these register values no longer become completely useless.
If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
asked whether to visit the file again.  If you say yes,
it visits the file and then goes to the same position.

** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.

You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions.  If a
file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.

** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
since it applies only to the current frame.

** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
file for tex-file to run TeX on.  (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)

This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
multiple files.  In each of the included files, you can set up a local
variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
tex-main-file.  Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
instead of just the file you are editing.

** RefTeX mode

RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
and \cite macros in LaTeX documents.  RefTeX distinguishes labels of
different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
multifile documents.  To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode.  Here are the main user commands:

C-c (    reftex-label
   Creates a label semi-automatically.  RefTeX is context sensitive and
   knows which kind of label is needed.

C-c )    reftex-reference
   Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
   label definition.  The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.

C-c [    reftex-citation
   Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
   database entries.  The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.

C-c &    reftex-view-crossref
   Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.

C-c =    reftex-toc
   Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document.  From there you
   can quickly jump to every section.

Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
commands.  Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
reftex.el.  You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el

** Changes in BibTeX mode.

*** Info documentation is now available.

*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore.  This confused
both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.

*** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
bibtex-user-optional-fields.

*** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
(use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).

*** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
appropriate functions.

*** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
entries. They are bound by default to C-M-l and C-M-h.

*** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
been cleaned.

*** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.

*** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
shall be delimited.

*** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.

*** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
prefixed with `ALT'.

*** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
documentation).

*** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.

*** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
comma should be inserted at end of last field.

*** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).

*** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.

*** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.

*** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
from alien sources.

*** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
crossref entries.

*** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
region.

*** Added support for imenu.

*** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
`compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
`next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.

*** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.

** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.

** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.

** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
as an argument.

When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).

** browse-url changes

*** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
(browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
customization variables.

*** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.

*** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
lines.  Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
(e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.

** Changes in Ediff

*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
pops up the Info file for this command.

*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
directories).

*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
files in the same directory.

*** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format.  (The bug
related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)

** Changes in Viper

*** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
    instead of vip-.
*** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
*** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
*** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
*** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
color when Viper is in insert state.
*** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.

** Etags changes.

*** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
default.  The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
Use --no-globals to turn this feature off.  Etags can also tag
variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
not by default.  Use --members to turn this feature on.

*** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.

*** Java is tagged like C++.  In addition, "extends" and "implements"
constructs are tagged.  Files are recognized by the extension .java.

*** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript.  Files are
recognized by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.

*** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code.  The usual C and
C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
methods and protocols.

*** Etags also handles Cobol.  Files are recognized by the extension
.cobol.  The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
paragraph name.

*** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep.  The syntax of
an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
at least M times and as many as N times.

** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
in files has changed slightly.

With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
with old time-stamp-format values.

In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
(`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
reasons.

In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
natural width.  (With format-time-string, each format has a
fixed-width default.)  In this version, you can specify the colon
(`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
time-stamp-format width default."  Do not use colon if you are
specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".

Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year.  Digit
truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.

The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs.  New formats are
being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
future to be compatible with format-time-string.  The new forms being
recommended now will continue to work then.

See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
details.

** There are some additional major modes:

dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.

** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
into Emacs.

** New Lisp packages include:

*** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.

*** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
be used for adding some indecent words to your email.

*** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.

*** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
in shell buffers.

*** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
and `elint-defun'.

*** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
meant for programming constructs.  These abbrevs expand like ordinary
ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
strings or comments.

These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
abbrev for insertion of additional text.  Once you expand the abbrev,
you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
insertion points.  Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
at these points.

*** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
can visit them by short forms of their names.

*** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
Emacs Lisp function at point.

*** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.

*** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.

*** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.

*** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.

*** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.

*** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.

*** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
inserted at point.  M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
original place after inserting the copy.

*** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
on the buffer.

You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
(with mouse-drag-drag).  Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.

Enable mouse-drag with:
    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
-or-
    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)

*** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
mail waiting to be read in them.  It works with procmail.

*** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.

*** ogonek

The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
Polish diacritic characters in buffers.  Codings known from various
platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
TeX.  For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
ISO8859-2.  Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
instance) and vice versa.

To use this package load it using
    M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
    M-x ogonek-jak        -- in Polish
    M-x ogonek-how        -- in English
The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
ways of customization in `.emacs'.

*** Interface to ph.

Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)

The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
services about people.  ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
these servers.

*** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.

*** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
while the real cursor does not move.

*** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
for visiting your favorite web sites.

*** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.

** movemail change

Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
mail retrieval to function properly.  This is because it no longer
supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.

This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
\f
* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.

** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.

Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
Macintosh).  Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.

To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
coding system for the buffer.  Then, when you save the file, the newly
specified coding system will take effect.  For example, to save with
LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
\f
* Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1

** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19.  And
vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.

** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
to start with w32- instead of win32-.

In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise.  We
don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
"win".

** Basic Lisp changes

*** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
evaluates to itself.  Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.

*** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed.  It should now
be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
or by the user.

The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.

*** There are new macros `when' and `unless'

(when CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
(unless CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION nil BODY...)

*** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
usual Lisp meanings.  For example, caar returns the car of the car of
its argument.

*** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.

*** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.

*** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.

*** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
error if the integer is not a valid character code.  These primitives
include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
`format' function.

*** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
or .elc, to the file name.  Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
whose name is just foo.  It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.

*** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
adding one of these suffixes.

*** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.

We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.

*** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.

*** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
You must load the `cl' library to define it.

*** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
conveniently with a different current buffer.  It looks like this:

  (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)

BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.

*** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
restoring the value of point or the mark.  `with-current-buffer'
works using `save-current-buffer'.

*** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
write the output to a specified file.  Like `progn', it returns the value
of the last form.

*** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
which is discarded after use.  Like `progn', it returns the value of the
last form.  If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
as the last form.

*** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
matches.

For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").

*** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
Then it returns that string.

For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',

(with-output-to-string
  (princ "The buffer is ")
  (princ (buffer-name)))

returns "The buffer is foo".

** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
is non-nil.

These characters have character codes above 256.  When inserted in the
buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
characters that occupy several buffer positions each.

*** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).

Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
position by 2, 3 or 4.  The function forward-char moves by whole
characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
  (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).

ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
non-ASCII characters.  These sequences are called "multibyte
characters".

The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237).  These values are called
"leading codes".  The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377).  The first byte, the
leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.

*** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
(forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
multibyte character.  Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
character, which may be more than one buffer position.

This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
always one buffer position, need to be changed.

However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.

*** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377.  However,
the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
guaranteed.

*** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
character).

When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:

 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.

*** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.

*** Strings can contain multibyte characters.  The function
`length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
more than the number of characters.

You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
it literally.  You can also represent it with a hex escape,
\xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary.  Any character which
is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct.  If you want to
follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.

*** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
and returns a string containing those characters.

*** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
(sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX.  INDEX
counts from zero.  If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
character, sref signals an error.

*** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
in a string.  This is less than the length of the string, if the
string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).

*** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
in a region from BEG to END.  This is less than (- END BEG) if the
region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).

*** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
the characters in it.  string-to-vector converts a string
to a vector of the characters in it.

*** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
of a string.  You call it as follows:

   (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)

This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
STRING.  OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.

*** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.

*** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.

*** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
to fit within a certain number of columns.  (Of course, it does
not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
which contains all or just part of the existing string.)

(truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)

This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.

The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
are not included in the resulting value.

The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
WIDTH columns.  If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.

If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
character extends across that column), then the padding character
PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
column START-COLUMN.

*** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
necessarily the number of characters.  It is, in effect, the
difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
changed text, before the change.

*** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol.  In general there is
one character set for each script, not for each language.

**** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.

**** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.

**** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
set that the character belongs to.  (The value is a symbol.)

**** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
which identify the character within that character set.

**** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
byte-values, constructs a character code.  This is roughly the
opposite of split-char.

**** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
of all the characters between BEG and END.

**** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
of all the characters in a string.

*** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
and specifying coding systems.

**** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
system names (symbols).  With optional argument t, it returns a list
of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
(Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
as what to do about code conversion.)

**** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
name.  It returns t if so, nil if not.

**** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
for certain file names.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.

Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
which file names the element applies to.  PATTERN should be a regexp
to match against a file name.

VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
specifies the coding system for encoding.

If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.

**** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
the coding system to use for network sockets.

Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
which network sockets the element applies to.  PATTERN should be
either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
service names.

VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
specifies the coding system for encoding.

If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.

**** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
for certain subprocess.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
start the subprocess.

**** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
when nothing else specifies what to do.  The value is a cons cell
(OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING).  OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.

**** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
subprocess.

It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
connection permanently or until overridden.

The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
coding system for output.  But most of the time this variable is nil.
It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
system for one operation at a time.

**** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
files, subprocesses or network connections.

**** The function process-coding-system tells you what
coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
The value is a cons cell,
 (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
input to the subprocess.

**** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.

** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
customization options.  To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.

You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
variable.  The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
customization.

Thus, instead of writing

    (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")

you would now write this:

    (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
      :type 'boolean
      :group foo)

The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
two meaningful states: nil and non-nil.  Other type values
describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
for a description of them.

The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
should belong to.  You define a new group like this:

    (defgroup ispell nil
      "Spell checking using Ispell."
      :group 'processes)

The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group.  The root
group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
but only other groups.  The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
to the keywords used by C-h p.  Under these subgroups come
second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.

Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups.  A simple
package should have just one group; a more complex package should
have a hierarchy of its own groups.  The sole or root group of a
package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
first-level subgroups.

** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.

This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
separate manual that accompanies Emacs.

** easy-mmode

The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
developing minor modes easier.  Roughly, the programmer has to code
only the functionality of the minor mode.  All the rest--toggles,
predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
`easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation).  See also
`easy-mmode-define-keymap'.

** Text property changes

*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
text property.

*** The new functions next-char-property-change and
previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
place where either a text property or an overlay might change.  The
functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT.  POSITION is the
starting position for the scan.  LIMIT says where to stop the scan.

If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT.  If
LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
of the buffer.  If no property change is found, the value is the
position of the beginning or end of the buffer.

*** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap.  This
is an alternative to using the keymap itself.

** Changes in invisibility features

*** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
is inside that portion of the buffer.  To enable this the overlay
should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
make the overlay visible.

During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
t when it should hide it.

*** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec

Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
Use  `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
Here is an example of how to do this:

 ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
 (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
 ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
 (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)

  ...
 (overlay-put  (make-overlay beginning end)  'invisible 'my-symbol)

 ...
 ;; When done with the overlays:
 (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
 ;; Or respectively:
 (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)

** Changes in syntax parsing.

*** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
`parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
`parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.

If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.

When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
character in the buffer is calculated thus:

        a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
           is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;

           Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
           syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
           a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).

        b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
           is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
           (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
           determine the syntax type of the character.

        c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
           of the current buffer.

*** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'.  The details are the same as
for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.

*** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
and 15).  A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
only by another character with the same code (unless quoted).  A
character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
another character with the same code (unless quoted).

These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
text property.

*** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
arg COMMENTSTOP.  If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.

*** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
(and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
nil if none.  The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
string/comment is started by a "!"  or "|" syntax-code.

*** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
`font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.

** Changes in face features

*** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.

*** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).

*** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
set-face-bold-p sets that flag.

*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
set-face-italic-p sets that flag.

*** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
overlay property).

This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.

** Changes in file-handling functions

*** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
directory name from the beginning of the file name.  In other words,
they no longer do anything special with // or /~.  That conversion
is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.

This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
begins with ~.

*** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.

*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.

*** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.

*** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
character code conversion as well as other things.

Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
(formerly it did not).

*** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.

*** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
instead of constant strings.

*** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially.  It used
to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
any `//' or `/~' sequence.  Now it passes them straight through.

substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
in the same way as before.

*** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.

*** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
error if that fails.  If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
else, and returns nil.

*** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
directory cannot be listed.

** Changes in minibuffer input

*** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
additional argument which specifies the default value.  If this
argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
ways:

  It is returned if the user enters empty input.
  It is available through the history command M-n.

*** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  If this is non-nil, then the
minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.

In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
argument in this way.

*** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.

** Echo area features

*** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
echo-area-clear-hook.  Note that the echo area can be used while the
minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
after the echo area is cleared.

*** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
in the echo area, or nil if there is none.

** Keyboard input features

*** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.

*** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
received so far from the terminal.  It does not count those generated
by keyboard macros.

** Frame-related changes

*** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.

*** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
the window configuration has changed.  The frame whose configuration
has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.

*** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
in the selected frame.

*** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
is now `left', `right' or nil.  A non-nil value specifies
which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.

** X Windows features

*** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource.  The usual value of
x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.

*** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
The menu displays the current status of the box or button.

*** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.

If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
it is good to supply 1 for this argument.

** Subprocess features

*** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
automatically.

*** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
and returns the output from the command as a string.

*** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.

** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
does clear the variable to nil.  The documentation was wrong before.

** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
at the end of the keymap.  If the keymap is a menu, this means it
goes after the other menu items.

** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
are in use.

The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
series of several changes--if that seems safe.

Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
form.

** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
but its hook is still run.

** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
for errors that are handled by condition-case.

If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition.  This is
useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.

This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways.  Errors that
are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
filters, will instead invoke the debugger.  So don't say you weren't
warned.

** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
way for Emacs to "ring the bell".

** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
functions like display-time.

** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
name of a Lisp library.  This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.

** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
can be used from Lisp.  Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.

** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
if there is an error in compilation.

** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer.  If it is non-nil,
they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.

** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
the *scratch* buffer.

** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN.  This function can be used
where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
e.g., in Font Lock mode.

** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.

** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
variable mail-user-agent).  It has variants compose-mail-other-window
and compose-mail-other-frame.

** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name).  The
full name of the specified user will be returned.

** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
where to find it.  They should load the profile of the user name found
in that variable.  If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
files at all.

** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
and type of padding.  This works as in printf: you write the field
width as digits in the middle of a %-construct.  If you start
the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.

For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
with spaces to 3 positions.  Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
is how %S normally pads to two positions.

** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.

** imenu.el changes.

You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
item from menu created by imenu.

An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
#include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
select one of those items.
\f
* For older news, see the file ONEWS

----------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright information:

Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
   2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
   of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
   copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
   thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.

   Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
   of this document, or of portions of it,
   under the above conditions, provided also that they
   carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
\f
Local variables:
mode: outline
paragraph-separate: "[  \f]*$"
end:

arch-tag: 1aca9dfa-2ac4-4d14-bebf-0007cee12793